Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Residential Construction / Watkin Jones / FY2019 Annual Report

Watkin Jones
Annual Report 2019

WJG · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker WJG
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Residential Construction
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Watkin Jones
Loading PDF…
W

a

t

k

i

n

J

o

n

e

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

fi

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2

0

1

9

CREATING THE  
FUTURE OF  
LIVING

Annual report and financial statements 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONTENTS

Strategic report
pages 01 to 57

02  Our highlights

04 

 Progressing our 
development pipeline

06  At a glance

07 

Investment case

08  Chairman’s statement

10  Q&A: Richard Simpson

18  Our strategy

19  Our strategy in action

20  Key performance indicators

22  Operating review

36  Engaging our stakeholders

38  Sustainability

44  Financial review

12  Chief Executive Officer’s review

48 

 Risk management and principal risks

15   Business model

Governance
pages 58 to 73

58  Board of Directors

60 

 Chairman’s introduction

61  Corporate governance

64  Audit Committee report

Financial statements
pages 74 to 118

74  Directors’ responsibilities

75 

80 

81 

82 

83 

Independent auditor’s report

 Consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income

 Consolidated statement 
of financial position

 Consolidated statement 
of changes in equity

 Consolidated statement 
of cash flows

Company information
pages 119 and 120

66 

68 

 Nomination Committee report

 Remuneration Committee report

73  Directors’ report

84 

 Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements

115   Company statement of 
financial position

116    Company statement of 
changes in equity

117   Notes to the Company  
financial statements

Student accommodation

 To read more go to page 22

Build to rent

 To read more go to page 26

119  Advisers

120  Glossary

119  Shareholder information

120  Financial calendar

Residential

 To read more go to page 34

Watkin Jones Group

@Watkin_Jones

Watkin Jones Group

Visit us online
www.watkinjonesplc.com

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

01

Welcome to the  
Watkin Jones plc 
annual report and financial statements 2019

Watkin Jones is the UK’s 
leading developer and 
manager of residential 
for rent properties.

We have unrivalled experience in the 
purpose built student accommodation 
(“PBSA”) market. Since 1999, we have 
completed 123 developments with 
41,000 beds. We have a strong reputation 
for quality and on-time delivery and 
excellent relationships with the institutions 
who acquire our developments. We are 
now leveraging this expertise in the build 
to rent sector.

Fresh Property Group (“FPG”) is our 
specialist accommodation manager. 
It manages nearly 18,000 student beds 
and build to rent apartments on behalf 
of our institutional clients. 

This gives us an end-to-end solution 
for investors, provided entirely in-house, 
and generates invaluable feedback from 
tenants. Their input helps us to ensure our 
future developments keep pace with the 
latest demands.

We also develop homes for sale and have 
completed more than 80 developments, 
generating 2,500 homes for sale. These 
range from starter homes to executive 
housing and apartments.

The Group has a capital-light business 
model, in which we forward sell most of our 
developments before we start construction 
work. This helps to minimise risk and 
generates strong returns and cash flows.

Our purpose is to 
create the future of living. 

This means creating 
residential properties 
at the forefront of societal 
and technological change, 
in which people choose 
to live.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 02 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

OUR  
HIGHLIGHTS

Revenue1  

Gross profit1  

+3.2% to  
£374.8 million

(2018: £363.1 million)

+6.0% to  
£76.8 million

(2018: £72.4 million)

Adjusted operating profit2 

Operating profit1  

+5.4% to  
£52.3 million

(2018: £49.6 million)

-7.8% to  
£49.7 million

(2018: £53.9 million)

Adjusted profit before tax2 

Profit before tax1  

+4.5% to  
£52.3 million

(2018: £50.1 million)

-8.5% to  
£49.7 million

(2018: £54.3 million)

Adjusted EBITDA3  

EBITDA3  

+3.6% to  
£53.9 million

(2018: £52.0 million)

-8.8% to  
£51.4 million

(2018: £56.3 million)

1.  FY19 is the first year that the Group has 

adopted IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers’. This requires us to account 
separately for the land sale and development 
agreement elements of forward-sold contracts, 
rather than treating them as a combined 
agreement. The effect on the Group’s results 
has been to reduce FY19 revenue and profit 
before tax by £0.6 million. The prior period 
comparatives have not been restated.

2.  For FY19, adjusted operating profit, adjusted 
profit before tax and adjusted basic earnings 
per share are calculated before the impact of an 
exceptional charge of £2.6 million. This charge 
relates to the commitment to compensate the 
Group’s new CEO, Richard Simpson, for forfeiting 
outstanding incentives held in respect of his 
former employer, of which £2.2 million is a 
non-cash charge. For FY18, adjusted operating 
profit, adjusted profit before tax and adjusted 
earnings per share are calculated before the 
impact of an exceptional gain of £4.3 million. 

This gain related to compensation for the 
reduction in scope of services and early 
termination of management contracts for 
assets sold by the Curlew Student Trust 
(the “Trust”) and the Group’s share of 
profit from the sale of the assets paid on 
its carried interest investment in the Trust.

3.  EBITDA comprises operating profit from 

continuing operations plus the Group’s profit 
from joint ventures, adding back charges for 
depreciation and amortisation. For both FY19 
and FY18, adjusted EBITDA is stated before 
the respective exceptional items set out in 
note 2 above.

4.  Adjusted return on equity is calculated as profit 
before interest and tax, excluding exceptional 
items, as a percentage of total equity.

FINANCIAL 
HIGHLIGHTS

•  Revenue up by 3.2% 

to £374.8 million (FY18: 
£363.1 million), underpinned 
by student accommodation 
development and benefiting 
from strong growth in build 
to rent (“BtR”) revenues.

•  Gross profit of £76.8 million, up 
6.0% from £72.4 million in FY18 
and reflecting a robust gross 
margin of 20.5% (FY18: 20.0%).

•  Adjusted profit before tax 

increased by 4.5% to £52.3 
million (FY18: £50.1 million).

•  Final dividend of 5.6 pence per 
share, giving a total dividend of 
8.35 pence per share, up 9.9% 
and fulfilling our previously 
stated policy of moving to a 
dividend twice covered by 
adjusted earnings.

•  Net cash inflow from operating 

activities of £17.6 million 
(FY18: £54.4 million). 

•  Gross cash at the year end of 
£115.6 million (30 September 
2018: £106.6 million) and net 
cash at the year end of £76.8 
million (30 September 2018: 
£80.2 million), after accounting 
for £14.8 million cash cost of 
acquiring BtR site in Brighton 
& Hove.

•  Adjusted return on equity4 

of 29.9% for the year (FY18: 
33.2%), reflecting the Group’s 
capital-light business model.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

03

BUSINESS  
HIGHLIGHTS

Student accommodation 
development
•  Six developments (2,723 beds) 

completed on time ahead of the 
2019/20 academic year (FY18: 
ten developments, 3,415 beds).

•  All seven developments (2,609 

beds) for delivery in FY20 
forward sold, with a further 
four developments (1,928 beds) 
forward sold for FY21 delivery 
and 448 beds in legals for sale.

•  Added prime sites to the future 
pipeline in Birmingham, Exeter, 
Edinburgh and Bath.

•  Total forward sold and secured 
development pipeline of 6,670 
student beds across 17 sites, for 
delivery between FY20 and FY24.

Build to rent development
•  Continued to make good progress 
with the 315-apartment scheme at 
Reading and the 301-apartment 
scheme in Wembley, with both on 
schedule for delivery in FY21.

•  Three further schemes forward 

sold (396 apartments) for delivery 
between FY20 and FY22.

•  Secured prime development sites 
in Brighton & Hove (for delivery 
in FY22) and Woking (for delivery 
in FY23) and, subsequent to the 
financial year end, in Birmingham 
(for delivery in FY23).

•  Obtained planning consent for 
sites in Sutton (forward sold) 
and Leicester.

•  Total forward sold and secured 
development pipeline, including 
Reading and Wembley, of nine 
sites (approximately 2,300 
apartments) for delivery between 
FY20 and FY23.

Accommodation management
•  At 30 September 2019, FPG 

managed 17,721 student beds 
and BtR apartments across 64 
schemes (30 September 2018: 
15,421 beds and apartments, 
across 56 schemes).

•  Continued success in winning 

management contracts for new 
and existing schemes. In total, 
FPG is currently contracted to 
manage 20,448 student beds 
and BtR apartments, across 
66 schemes, by FY22.

Residential
•  Continued robust performance, 
with 150 homes and apartments 
sold (FY18: 175 sales), including 
42 apartments at developments 
in Stratford and Bath.

•  Forward sold a 35-apartment 
development in Chester, for 
delivery in FY20.

•  Commenced works under a 
development agreement for 
75 apartments at Marshgate, 
Stratford for delivery in FY21.

Net cash  

-4.1% to  
£76.8 million

(2018: £80.2 million)

Adjusted basic earnings per share2  

+4.6% to  
16.7 pence

(2018: 16.0 pence)

Basic earnings per share  

-8.9% to  
15.8 pence

(2018: 17.3 pence)

Dividend per share  

+9.9% to  
8.35 pence

(2018: 7.6 pence)

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
04 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

PROGRESSING OUR  
DEVELOPMENT PIPELINE

We continued to benefit from our low‑risk, capital‑light business model 
during the year, completing a number of forward sales and adding prime 
development sites for PBSA and BtR to the pipeline.

A year of 
continued 
progress

December 2018
•  Secured a development agreement 

for a residential apartment scheme in 
Marshgate, Stratford.

March 2019
•  Acquired a BtR site in Woking.

•  Completed the forward sale of a 

PBSA development and an adjacent 
BtR development to two separate 
clients on a site in Wembley.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

05

August 2019
•  Completed a development agreement 
for a PBSA development in Glasgow.

July 2019
•  Completed the forward sale of a 

PBSA development in Canterbury.

•  Completed a development agreement 
for a PBSA development in Swansea.

•  Secured planning permission for a 

PBSA development and an adjacent 
BtR development on a site in 
Leicester.

•  Acquired a PBSA development site 

in Exeter.

•  Secured a BtR site in Brighton & Hove.

September 2019
•  Completed the forward sale of a 

mixed PBSA and BtR development 
in Sheffield.

•  Forward sold BtR developments in 

Sutton and Bournemouth.

•  Sold two PBSA developments in 

Chester.

•  Secured a development agreement 

for a PBSA development in 
Edinburgh.

•  Obtained planning consent for a 
PBSA development in Bristol.

•  Secured a mixed PBSA and BtR 

development site in Edinburgh and a 
PBSA site in Bath.

•  Forward sold a residential apartment 

development in Chester.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 06 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

AT A  
GLANCE

The Group has four complementary businesses, 
which together position us to create the future of living.

SA

STUDENT 
ACCOMMODATION
We are one of the UK’s leading  
developers of PBSA, with a reputation  
for high quality and on-time delivery. 
Student accommodation development 
is currently the main contributor to the 
Group’s revenue and profits.

 Find out more on page 22

BTR

BUILD  
TO RENT
We have growing momentum in this market, 
drawing on our expertise in PBSA to deliver 
purpose designed BtR properties for 
institutional investors. BtR is set to make 
a comparable contribution to the Group’s 
revenues as PBSA in the medium term.

 Find out more on page 26

AM

ACCOMMODATION 
MANAGEMENT
Fresh Property Group is a leading 
independent manager of PBSA and BtR 
assets. It presents our institutional clients 
with a unified accommodation  
management offering.

 Find out more on page 30

R

RESIDENTIAL
Watkin Jones Homes builds properties 
ranging from starter homes to executive 
housing and apartments, designed to 
reflect modern lifestyles.

 Find out more on page 34

Revenue  

Student accommodation

Build to rent

£246.1 million

(2018: £312.7 million)

£73.6 million

(2018: £3.8 million)

Accommodation management

Residential

£7.5 million

(2018: £7.3 million)

£38.1 million

(2018: £30.0 million)

Student
accommodation (PBSA)

Build to rent (BtR)

Our student accommodation schemes

Between

we completed

1999 – 
2019

123

schemes

in

37

towns and cities

delivering

41,000

student beds

 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

07
07

INVESTMENT  
CASE

Watkin Jones has a strong position in growing markets, 
positioning us for further success.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Strong track record based on 
consistent delivery
Watkin Jones is a specialist in 
residential for rent. We have a 
20-year track record of assured 
delivery, combined with 
consumer insights that position 
us to be at the forefront of 
product development.

Complete solution for investors
Increasing consumer demand 
for residential for rent 
accommodation makes the 
sector appealing for institutional 
investors, who are looking to 
acquire suitable assets and 
employ specialist operators to 
run them. We have excellent 
institutional relationships and 
can offer them a complete 
solution for their needs.

Resilient business with 
excellent visibility of earnings 
and cash flows
Our development pipeline gives 
us excellent visibility of our 
revenues, earnings and cash 
flows. Combined with our strong 
balance sheet and robust supply 
chain relationships, this makes 
us a resilient business.

Attractive markets
The residential for rent market 
has attractive characteristics, 
in both PBSA and BtR, offering 
the potential for us to grow for 
the long term.

Low-risk, capital-light 
business model
This strong investor demand 
for new, high-quality products 
in turn drives demand for 
client-funded forward sales 
transactions, allowing us to 
de-risk our development activity 
and generate strong cash flows 
and high returns from our 
capital-light business.

Attractive competitive 
environment
Our markets have high 
barriers to entry, ranging from 
institutions’ desire to work 
with experienced developers 
and managers of residential 
for rent properties, such as 
Watkin Jones, to the need for 
land sourcing, planning and 
transaction expertise. These 
barriers mean we operate 
in an attractive competitive 
environment.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
08 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

CHAIRMAN’S  
STATEMENT

This was another good year 
for Watkin Jones, which again 
demonstrated the robustness 
of our business model. 

Grenville Turner
Non-Executive Chairman

This year has shown 
the success of our 
move into build to 
rent development, 
which was a material 
contributor to our 
financial performance 
for the first time.

This was another good year for 
Watkin Jones, which again demonstrated 
the robustness of our business model. 
The Group delivered further profitable 
growth in line with expectations, despite 
the difficult macro environment caused 
by Brexit-related uncertainty and 
near-recessionary economic conditions 
in the UK.

Performance
Student accommodation development 
remained our core revenue generator 
and we once again completed all our 
developments on time, ahead of the start 
of the academic year. This distinguishes us 
in a market where more than 20 competitor 
schemes were reportedly delivered late in 
2019, meaning investors see us as a trusted 
delivery partner. We have the commitment 
and discipline to deliver and a good 
understanding of risk and how to mitigate 
it. We also benefit from our excellent 
subcontractor relationships, which we 
leverage to deliver on budget and to the 
right quality.

This year has also shown the success of 
our move into build to rent development. 
The strong demand for the two 
developments we forward sold at the end 
of the year provided further evidence of the 
depth of institutional interest in this sector. 

These sales, coupled with the continued 
good progress of our on-site developments 
at Reading and Wembley, meant that  
for the first time BtR development was  
a material contributor to our  
financial performance in FY19. 

The accommodation management  
and residential businesses also had a 
good year. 

The performances achieved across the 
Group mean that our people continue to 
work for a successful business, which 
values their contribution and aims to help 
them achieve their potential. As part of 
this, we need to make sure safety and 
compliance remain at the top of our 
agenda. The Group safety team presented 
to the Board during the year about their 
experiences on our sites and how they go 
about their work, and the Board has made 
clear that we will always prioritise safety.

Dividends
We have continued to implement a 
progressive dividend policy, and in line 
with our previous guidance, we will pay 
a dividend for this year that is twice 
covered by adjusted earnings. The Board 
is therefore recommending a final dividend 
of 5.6 pence per share. Combined with the 
interim dividend of 2.75 pence per share, 
this gives a total dividend for the year of 
8.35 pence, up 9.9% on the 7.6 pence paid 
in respect of FY18. 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

09

Board in focus 2019

Capital Markets Day, 
November 2019.

The final dividend will be paid on 
28 February 2020 to shareholders on 
the register at the close of business on 
24 January 2020.

The ability to pay attractive dividends 
to shareholders reflects the Group’s 
profitability and the benefits of our 
capital-light business model. This limits 
our risk and generates good levels of cash, 
which we can reinvest to grow the business 
and use to reward our shareholders.

Board, management and people
Richard Simpson was appointed to 
succeed Mark Watkin Jones as CEO. 
He commenced his role in January 2019 
and has made a successful transition into 
the business. Richard is already making 
a significant contribution, in terms of 
developing our strategy, decision-making 
processes and structures.

More generally, strengthening the senior 
team and refining their responsibilities 
has been an important focus area for us 
over recent years. It has been pleasing to 
see them really gel as a leadership group, 
which is critical both for the robustness of 
our business and for succession planning.

The Board is keenly aware of the 
importance of culture to sustainable 
business success. Under Richard’s 
leadership we are doing even more work 
in this area, to ensure our culture is both 
demanding and supportive. We are 
increasing engagement with our people 
and have hired the Group’s first Human 
Resources Director, Jackie Kelly, with 
culture being high on her agenda. 

We also extended the Board in January 
2019, with Liz Reilly joining us as a 
Non-Executive Director. Liz has been a 
great addition and her appointment has 
enhanced the quality of our discussions 
and debate, as well as increasing diversity 
on the Board.

Governance
The Board spent considerable time during 
the year supporting and challenging the 
development of the Group’s strategy, which 
is set out on page 18. We took a granular 
approach, which included receiving 
expert presentations on our markets and 
their attractiveness, a review of our own 
business and its performance, and an 
analysis of our competitors and how we 
will continue to differentiate ourselves, so 
we can effectively deploy capital and build 
on our current success. We also focused 
on risk management and in particular the 
Group’s preparations for Brexit, which have 
been carried out in detail and to a high 
standard, as described on page 14.

This year, we had our first externally 
facilitated review of the Board’s 
performance. The feedback from the review 
was predominantly positive, in particular 
noting the cohesive team and the Board’s 
strong culture, as well as identifying areas 
we will address. More information can be 
found on page 62.

Looking forward
While we need to keep a close eye on 
the macro environment, which can 
change rapidly, our business model is 
proving robust through different cycles. 
The extension into the BtR market offers 
significant growth potential, while our 
core student accommodation business 
continues to perform very well and 
underpins our growth ambitions. I therefore 
believe the Group has a bright future 
and I look forward to reporting on further 
progress in the coming year.

Grenville Turner
Non-Executive Chairman

13 January 2020

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 10 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

RICHARD SIMPSON

New Chief Executive Officer  
Richard Simpson discusses the  
future for the business and the growth 
opportunities he sees ahead of us.

Q:
What are the growth 
opportunities in your sectors?

A:

There are two significant factors driving 
PBSA development: the growth in 
student numbers and the obsolescence 
of existing stock. From 2021, we’re 
going to see the number of 18 year olds 
start to increase again and that will 
continue for at least a decade. If current 
participation rates are maintained, that 
will lead to an extra 100,000 students. In 
addition, the Government’s white paper 
set out its aim to increase the number of 
international students by 30% by 2030. 
If delivered, that would mean a further 
130,000 students. So together, these 
factors would increase student numbers 
by 15%.

On the supply side, there are currently 
around 627,000 PBSA beds in the UK, 
just over half of which are owned by 
universities. Much of that university 
owned stock is at least 20 years old and 
has not kept pace with students’ needs. 
So there is significant potential for 
redevelopment of this stock.

For BtR, we’re seeing a major increase 
in the number of households choosing 
to rent. A large amount of private rented 
sector housing is of low quality and BtR 
offers a much better living experience.  
That’s driving big demand for BtR 
homes. However, there are currently 
only 143,000 BtR units in total, including 
those under development. Savills 
estimate a mature market could reach 
1.7 million units, which would require 
decades of new developments  
to achieve.

From our position 
of strength, and 
given the structural 
opportunity within 
both PBSA and BtR, 
now is the right time 
to be more ambitious 
about increasing our 
market share.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

11

Q:
What is the future for the 
residential business?

A:

The residential build to sell business 
remains an important part of what we 
do. We see signs of increasing 
institutional interest in acquiring houses, 
as part of a broader build to rent offer. 
One part of the solution to the UK 
housing crisis may be to get institutional 
capital to come into the UK housing 
market at scale, with management 
provided by professional landlords to 
give tenants a fantastic living experience. 
It could be an interesting strategic option 
to tie build to sell into our BtR business 
in the medium term, so we can develop 
houses for institutions to own. 

In the near term, we can build houses 
nationally but we have a particular focus 
on the North West, where affordability 
is among the strongest in the country. 
I also like the expertise it gives us, in 
terms of understanding residential 
construction through the lens of building 
houses rather than city centre blocks.

Underlying all of this, our people need 
to be energised by our strategy and our 
ambition for the business. The strategy 
was born from engagement and 
discussion with the whole business, so 
our people support it and really want to 
be part of that journey.

Q:
You are putting more emphasis 
on understanding the needs of 
your customers. Why is that so 
important?

A:

We’re thinking about the business in a 
different way. It’s less about being 
“business to business” and more about 
being “business to customer”. 
That means we need a real 
understanding of the people who live in 
our developments and what they want, 
both now and in the future. FPG is a 
major advantage for us here, as it gives 
us constant feedback from nearly 
18,000 student and BtR customers.

The logic is that if we’re satisfying their 
demands through exemplary buildings, 
those buildings will be full of happy 
customers, which will benefit the rental 
performance. That makes our 
developments more attractive to 
institutional customers. At the same 
time, we use our strong relationships 
with the institutions to understand their 
appetite for investing in specific types of 
property in specific locations. All of this 
feeds into our development plans, so we 
can deliver buildings that meet 
customer needs and that institutions 
want to own.

Q:
What are conditions like in the 
supply chain?

A:

Our supply chain partners are crucial for 
our ability to deliver on time and to the 
right quality. Many parts of the 
construction sector are under pressure 
at the moment, with some major 
contractors having gone into 
administration. That makes us an even 
more attractive partner for our supply 
chain. We’re financially strong, we’re 
stable and we have a defined pipeline of 
work in both PBSA and BtR. That means 
our supply chain really sees the benefits 
of working with us.

Q:
Why is now the right time to 
launch a new strategy?

A:

We’re now more than three years 
post-IPO and, in that time, Watkin Jones 
has established a good track record as 
a public company. We’ve shown our 
shareholders that we have the capability 
to deliver consistently. From that 
position of strength, and given the 
structural opportunity within both the 
PBSA and BtR sectors, I feel that now 
is the right time to be more ambitious 
about increasing our market share.

Q:
What are the biggest challenges 
facing the Group?

A:

First, ensuring we’re building the right 
product in the right sector. That comes 
back to our customer insight and 
understanding what they want. We’re 
close to our institutional investors and 
through FPG means we’re also close to 
the customers who live in the 
developments we manage.

Then we need to buy the right land. 
We have an outstanding record over 
many years of buying attractive land 
all over the UK. Our track record of 
then obtaining planning is excellent. 
Planning is core to our value chain and 
we resource it and prioritise it 
appropriately. Then we need to manage 
construction effectively, while making 
sure we have done what we can to 
mitigate any potential impact of Brexit.

 
 
 
 
12 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

CHIEF EXECUTIVE  
OFFICER’S REVIEW

This was another successful 
year for Watkin Jones. 
Our performance demonstrates 
the quality of the business and 
shows we are in the right sectors.

Richard Simpson
Chief Executive Officer

Our ambition is to 
be the leader for 
developing and 
managing residential 
for rent schemes in 
the UK.

This was another successful year 
for Watkin Jones. Our performance 
demonstrates the quality of the business 
and shows we are in the right sectors. 
Demand across our operations remains 
resilient, in contrast with the broader 
uncertainty seen in many sectors in  
the UK.

Performance
Revenue from continuing operations 
was £374.8 million (FY18: £363.1 million), 
an increase of 3.2%. Gross profit rose 
by 6.0%, from £72.4 million in FY18 to 
£76.8 million in FY19, as we achieved our 
margin targets across the Group. Operating 
profit was 5.4% up at £52.3 million (FY18: 
£49.6 million) before an exceptional charge 
of £2.6 million (FY18: exceptional gain of 
£4.3 million). The pre-exceptional operating 
margin was at 14.0% (FY18: 13.7%). 
This report uses adjusted performance 
measures where necessary in order to give 
a clearer understanding of our underlying 
performance. Adjusted measures exclude 
exceptional gains last year and the one-off 
cost of my recruitment this year.

Our forward sale model continues to 
benefit both our cash generation and our 
returns. The operating cash inflow for the 
year was £17.6 million (FY18: £54.4 million), 
while our return on equity was 29.9% 
(FY18: 33.2%).

Student accommodation development 
remains the largest revenue generator 
in the Group. Revenues were in line with 
expectations at £246.1 million (FY18: 
£312.7 million), with the lower level of 
revenues reflecting a reduction in the 
number of student beds delivered as we 
focused on selecting development sites 
on which we could achieve strong margins. 
In total, we delivered six student schemes 
with 2,723 beds in FY19 (FY18: ten 
schemes with 3,415 beds). We once again 
completed all our developments on time, 
ahead of the start of the academic year. 
The business has a high-quality pipeline of 
development sites coming through.

For the first time, build to rent development 
made a significant contribution to our 
performance, with revenue of £73.6 million 
(FY18: £3.8 million). This business will be 
an increasingly important growth driver for 
us in the coming years and we continue 
to prove the success of our low-risk 
forward sale model, having progressed 
our existing developments, completed a 
number of forward sales, added new sites 
to the pipeline and obtained several new 
planning consents.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

13

Business highlights

•  Revenue from continuing operations 

•  Secured student accommodation 

rose to £374.8 million in FY19 
(FY18: £363.1 million).

development pipeline of 6,670 beds 
across 17 sites, with eleven forward 
sold (4,537 beds).

•  Operating profit achieved in FY19, 
before an exceptional charge of 
£2.6 million, was 5.4% higher at 
£52.3 million (FY18: £49.6 million).

•  Secured BtR development pipeline 
of approximately 2,300 apartments 
across nine sites, with five forward 
sold (1,012 apartments).

•  Fresh Property Group contracted to 
manage 17,721 PBSA beds and BtR 
apartments for FY20 (64 schemes), 
compared to 15,421 beds and 
apartments across 56 schemes for 
FY19. Continued success in winning 
new contracts means FPG is currently 
contracted to manage 20,448 PBSA 
beds and BtR apartments by FY22.

FPG had a solid year, as new business wins 
more than offset last year’s reduction in 
beds following a client’s sale of its student 
property portfolio. The business earns a 
highly attractive margin and has excellent 
prospects, with contracts in place to 
manage a further 2,727 PBSA beds and 
BtR apartments by FY22, and a pipeline 
of opportunities offering the potential for 
growth over and above this.

The residential business also had a good 
year in FY19. It completed 150 sales (FY18: 
175 sales), including 108 sales in its North 
West heartland, and benefited from sales of 
apartments in Stratford and Bath.

Strategy
During the year, we reviewed and refreshed 
the Group’s strategy. The starting point for 
our review was to confirm which markets 
we wanted to be in. 

The overall sector we operate in is 
residential for rent and, within that, our 
chosen markets remain PBSA and BtR. 

Our ambition is to be the leader for 
developing and managing residential 
for rent schemes in the UK, by increasing 
our market share in both PBSA and 
BtR. We see the opportunity for growth 
over the next five years as described on 
page 18. To realise this opportunity, we 
will leverage our existing capabilities and 
maintain the same business model as 
today, which is capital light and based 
on forward sales, minimising risk and not 
relying on debt finance. 

Underpinning our ability to grow is 
our understanding of our customers. 
FPG shines a light on consumers for us, 
so we know what students and BtR tenants 
want from their homes. The business looks 
after nearly 18,000 customers, giving us an 
enormous amount of feedback. This helps 
us to refine how we configure, build and 
operate our buildings. We also need to 
understand institutional investors’ appetite 
for different types of product and locations. 
This determines where we buy sites and 
what type of building would suit them. 

We have previously referenced the 
possibility of creating a separate BtR 
investment vehicle. The forward sales 
of BtR developments we completed 
towards the end of the financial year 
showed us there is strong liquidity in the 
sector. This means that while a dedicated 
vehicle with a suitable partner might be 
appropriate for us in the future, we do not 
currently require one to succeed in the 
BtR market.

People and culture
To support our growth plans, we need to 
ensure our organisation is fit for the future, 
with the right culture and level of resource. 
We have done a lot of the groundwork this 
year, including recruiting more people who 
are expert in delivering buildings through 
the development lifecycle.

Property development is a 
multi-disciplinary process, requiring 
a range of skills from understanding 
customers to planning, acquiring sites, 
procuring subcontracts and managing 
construction. This requires strong internal 
collaboration, transparency and knowledge 
management. We therefore need a culture 
which reflects this, where our people work 
in cross-functional project teams and can 
be more mobile, flexible and comfortable 
with change. Being joined up will help 
us to spot market changes and adapt 
accordingly, resulting in better products.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 14 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

CHIEF EXECUTIVE  
OFFICER’S REVIEW continued

People and culture continued
We have made good progress with how 
the business works together, focusing 
on engagement and building teams. 
This involves adjusting our internal 
structures. We operated with three delivery 
divisions for PBSA and separated the 
development lifecycle in two: land sourcing, 
planning and design; and then the delivery 
of the building.

We have now created single, larger 
delivery units for both student and BtR 
development, as well as development 
hub structures, which will lead to better 
integration across the full development 
lifecycle. This will enable better decision 
making and deliver superior outcomes. 
It will also make it easier to define career 
paths for our people, so they can progress 
within the business. We are therefore 
investing in learning and development, 
to help prepare people for the next step.

Sustainability
Our purpose – creating the future of living 
– means we look to provide sustainable 
solutions through the assets we develop 
and manage. We need to create places 
that will be attractive to live in for years to 
come, which help their residents succeed 
in life through the quality of their homes 
and the customer service they receive, and 
which play a part in fixing the UK’s housing 
shortage. This in turn will create attractive, 
long-term returns for our institutional 
partners, encouraging them to invest more 
in the residential to rent sector.

As a responsible business, we also 
have to operate in a sustainable way. 
That means minimising our environmental 
impact, protecting the health and safety of 
everyone on our sites, ensuring we have a 
properly diverse and inclusive workforce, 
engaging effectively with our supply chains 
and benefiting the community. 

The fire safety of the buildings we develop 
is of paramount importance to us and we 
construct our developments to high fire 
management specifications. However, 
the integrity of cladding systems and fire 
protection measures used on high-rise 
buildings is a matter of ongoing review 
and is likely to be the subject of further 
direction or new legislation in due course. 
In the meantime, we will continue to work 
with the owners of the properties we have 
developed, as appropriate, to ensure the 
continued safety of tenants. 

More information on our approach to 
sustainability can be found on pages 
38 to 43.

Brexit
An important workstream during the year 
was ensuring we are prepared for any 
Brexit outcome. Our work has included 
a wide range of scenario planning, 
including identifying alternative sources 
of supply for key materials sourced from 
the EU, requesting our supply chain to 
forward buy where necessary so we 
can ensure continued progress with 
our current schemes, understanding 
the impact of tariffs and exchange rate 
movements on our costs, ensuring we have 
sufficient labour on site and reviewing our 
counterparty risks. 

As a business that primarily forward 
sells its developments, acquires land on 
a subject-to-planning basis, is net cash 
positive and does not hold significant 
property assets, we feel that our exposure 
to even the hardest forms of Brexit is 
relatively limited. Brexit may also create 
land-buying opportunities for us, if it has an 
impact on the wider economy. EU students 
make up only around 7% of the total UK 
student population, so Brexit should not 
have a material impact on demand for total 
PBSA beds.

Outlook
We are positive about the outlook for 
both the student accommodation and 
BtR sectors. There is continued investor 
appetite in those markets and we are 
confident in our ability to expand our 
position as market leader. We therefore 
expect to grow the business over the next 
five years, in line with our strategy. While 
Watkin Jones is not immune from any 
potential impact of Brexit, we believe our 
business model puts us in a strong position 
to continue to grow.

Richard Simpson
Chief Executive Officer 

13 January 2020

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

15

BUSINESS  
MODEL

By understanding consumer demand, investor demand 
and delivering through development expertise, Watkin Jones 
can create the future of living.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

OUR DEVELOPMENT MODEL:

Identify  
potential developments

1
 1

Accommodation 
management

 5

 2

Site procurement 
and planning

Ty
pic
al
l
y
3
-
7
y
e
a
r

s

(

r

e

n

e

w

a

b

l

e

)

s

r

a
e
y
5
-
3
y
l
l
a

pic
Ty

Construction  
and delivery

 4
4

 3

Transaction  
and funding

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

BUSINESS  
MODEL continued

Our business model is designed to support our purpose – to create 
the future of living. We do this through a five‑part development model, 
which helps us to remain a leader in our markets.

  INPUTS

OUR DEVELOPMENT MODEL

Inputs to our business model
The following tangible and intangible 
resources help us to create value for our 
stakeholders:

People
We employ excellent people, with 
significant experience of delivering on 
time and to the highest standards.

Knowledge
We have a deep understanding of 
our markets and how to develop and 
manage schemes that meet the needs 
of investors and tenants.

Relationships
Our strong relationships with our 
customers, institutional investors, 
supply chain, agents, consultants, 
planning authorities and universities all 
underpin our success.

Scale, reputation 
and financial strength
As a well-capitalised tier 1 developer 
with a strong reputation for delivery, we 
are a partner of choice for key investors.

Natural resources
Our building processes use natural 
resources including land, materials 
and energy.

Identify potential 
developments

1

1

Accommodation 
management

5

 2 Site procurement 
and planning

Ty
pic
al
l
y
3
-
7
y
e
a

r

s

(

r

e

n

e

w

a

b

l
e

)

s

r

a
e
y

5
-
3
y
l
l
a

pic
Ty

Construction  
and delivery

4

 3

Transaction  
and funding

1 Identify potential 
developments

The starting point for each development is our insight into what customers want. 
FPG continuously engages with students and tenants, keeping us up to date with the 
latest trends, so we can design our developments accordingly. We use our market 
knowledge and understanding of investor demand to screen different regions, cities 
and towns across the UK, to decide which locations will most successfully meet the 
needs of both tenants and our institutional clients. We then identify sites through 
our own staff, our network of agents and other consultants. This process may also 
identify smaller sites for us, which are suitable for private residential apartments. 
Having identified a site, we then work up a detailed proposal for the development, 
which must be approved by our Investment Committee before it can proceed.

2 Site procurement 
and planning

Our network of contacts enables us to buy many of our sites off market. Our track 
record and reputation help us to buy sites at attractive prices, since we can offer 
vendors more certainty of completion. We typically reduce risk by acquiring sites 
subject to receipt of satisfactory planning. Our expert teams then liaise with the 
planning authority. Our in-house planning resource is unusual in our sector and gives 
us a significant advantage, allowing us to obtain planning permission more quickly 
and at a lower cost.

 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

17

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 OUTPUTS

The value we create
Our business creates value for  
a wide range of stakeholders.

For institutional investors
Institutions benefit from high-quality 
assets that meet their investment 
criteria and management services that 
help to maximise their returns.

 Find out more on page 36

For customers
Student and BtR tenants and 
occupiers of our homes gain from 
high-specification homes and  
excellent service.

 Find out more on page 36

For our people
Our people get the opportunity to 
develop their careers in a successful 
and growing business.

 Find out more on pages 36 and 38

For our supply chain
Suppliers benefit from a consistent 
workload and the opportunity to grow 
their business alongside ours.

 Find out more on pages 36 and 41

For communities
Our developments free up houses of 
multiple occupation, making them 
available for local families, and improve 
community facilities.

 Find out more on pages 37 and 42

For government
We contribute to both communities 
and national services through a 
variety of taxes.

 Find out more on page 46

For shareholders
Shareholders benefit from rising 
earnings, cash flows and dividends.

 Find out more on page 37

3 Transaction  
and funding

Our forward sale model reduces our risk, as we generally aim to sell each scheme 
to an investor before we start construction. We may on occasion decide not to 
immediately forward sell a development, when we can earn a higher sale price 
by waiting, but ultimately we do sell all of them. Forward sales give us excellent 
visibility of our earnings and cash flow, as we bill the purchaser for the land 
and each month during construction, rather than only receiving a lump sum on 
completion. Selling our developments means we do not compete with our institutional 
clients, encouraging them to share their plans with us. We also look for ways to add 
value for clients, such as negotiating direct letting arrangements with universities 
for student accommodation. Institutions’ desire to work with tier 1 developers, 
such as Watkin Jones, is an important barrier to entry.

4 Construction  
and delivery

Unlike many developers, we are experienced constructors, employing expert 
construction directors and project managers to deliver the majority of our 
schemes. We will use a third-party contractor where the geographic location of the 
development warrants it, while providing project management oversight ourselves. 
We have long-term relationships and agreed national rates with key suppliers. Our 
supply chain regularly follows us from scheme to scheme, making them experts in 
our developments. This helps us to deliver to a high standard and reduces our costs 
of managing them. By staggering our PBSA and BtR developments, we can use the 
same supply chain for both.

5 Accommodation 
management

FPG gives us an end-to-end solution for investors and generates an income stream 
beyond completion. It combines national scale with local knowledge, differentiating it 
from its largely regional competitors. It can manage both PBSA and BtR schemes for 
the same investor and focuses on repeat business with institutions, so it can manage 
portfolios of assets for them.

FPG has a scalable platform, having invested significantly in systems and processes 
which are tailored to student accommodation and build to rent. The required 
investment means barriers to entry are high.

 
 
 
 
18 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

OUR  
STRATEGY

We have set clear strategic objectives for each 
part of our business, with the aim of delivering 
sustainable growth across the Group.

Defining our strategic ambitions
As discussed in the Chief Executive 
Officer’s review on page 13, during the 
year we undertook a detailed review of our 
strategic priorities and options. 

This included in-depth analysis of:

•  our markets and their growth potential;

•  our positions in those markets;

•  the growth in output we could deliver 

over the coming years; and

•  the internal resources, structure and 

supply chain we would require to deliver 
that growth.

The review confirmed that:

•  BtR development is an evolving but 

•  in the residential for rent sector we 
have two core markets – student 
accommodation and build to rent;

•  our operational capabilities position us 
for strong growth in those markets;

•  we are already the leading developer in 

PBSA, giving us the platform we need to 
step up delivery;

clearly established sector with growing 
institutional demand, giving us the 
opportunity to establish Watkin Jones as 
the leading BtR developer; and 

•  our residential business forms an 

important part of the Group’s ambition 
to create the future of living, enhancing 
our residential living knowledge and 
expertise.

 SA

  STUDENT ACCOMMODATION DEVELOPMENT

BTR

  BUILD TO RENT DEVELOPMENT

Our strategy in PBSA is to continue to leverage our leadership 
position in student accommodation development, by:

We aim to grow in the BtR market while de-risking our 
expansion, by leveraging:

•  targeting the best locations;

•  developing buildings that meet the current and future needs 

of our customers, based on our customer insight;

•  using our forward sale model to minimise risk; and

•  building on our institutional relationships, to increase repeat 

business. 

•  our PBSA design, planning and delivery expertise and our 

supply chain, to capitalise on the strong similarities to build 
to rent;

•  our consumer and institutional knowledge, to create 

leading-edge products; and

•  our institutional relationships, to develop schemes on their 

behalf using our low-risk forward sale model.

Growth opportunity:  
3,500 PBSA beds per annum  
for delivery by FY23/24

Growth opportunity:  
1,000 BtR units per annum  
for delivery by FY23/24

AM

  ACCOMMODATION MANAGEMENT

R

  RESIDENTIAL

We will continue to grow Fresh Property Group by:

In residential, our strategy is to:

•  offering institutional-grade letting and management services, 
so institutions engage us to manage PBSA and BtR assets 
developed by both Watkin Jones and third parties; and

•  maintain our current delivery rate of c.150 homes a year, 

focusing on our core North West market, whilst maintaining 
a land bank of c.450 units;

•  delivering an exceptional customer experience, which 

•  focus on mid-market units as our core product;

supports high occupancy, rental growth and low tenant 
churn, which generates high-quality returns for our 
institutional asset owners.

•  look for opportunities to develop smaller assets for sale into 

the BtR market; and

•  use our residential expertise to deliver residential units in 

mixed-use schemes.

 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

19

OUR 
STRATEGY IN ACTION

PBSA and BtR case study 
Kelaty House, London

The scheme
•  599 PBSA beds, 301 BtR apartments

•  Practical completion Q3 2021 

Acquisition
•  Off-market acquisition – agent & vendor 
confidence Watkin Jones would deliver

Structuring – transactional & technical 
•  Development expertise unlocked complex 

mixed-use scheme 

•  Comprehensive redesign

Planning
•  In-house planning unlocks +100 beds

Insight
•  Wembley regeneration area 

•  Transport links & amenities

Institutional grade
•  Forward fund to DWS (PBSA) and Singaporean 

institutional investors (BtR) 

•  DWS’ first entry into the UK PBSA market

Capital-light structure
•  DWS forward fund land purchase & PBSA 

development

•  Lum Chang forward fund BtR development

BtR case study 
Holdenhurst Rd, Bournemouth

The scheme
•  159 BtR apartments and 37,000 sqft commercial 

office space

•  Practical completion Q1 2020

Acquisition
•  Off market

•  Mixed-use multi-phased development

Planning
•  Change of use

•  Office to BtR led scheme

Development expertise master planning
•  Part of a master planning consent for 940 PBSA 
beds, 129 hotel beds, 159 BtR apartments and 
125,000 sqft commercial office space across 
three sites

Insight
•  Strong demographic and economic analysis

•  Micro location

•  Identified BtR market opportunity

Institutional grade
•  Competitive market bidding

•  Forward fund to M&G Real Estate

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 20 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

KEY PERFORMANCE  
INDICATORS

We have established a range of key performance indicators 
for the Group, to measure our progress towards achieving 
long‑term, sustainable growth for shareholders. Adjusted measures 
exclude the impact of exceptional items, to better reflect our 
underlying performance.

Gross margin 
(%)

20.5%

FY19

FY18

FY17

FY16

20.5%

20.0%

21.0%

20.1%

EBITDA  
(adjusted) (£m)

£53.9m

FY19

FY18

FY17

FY16

£53.9m

£52.0m

£45.2m

£41.6m

Basic EPS 
(adjusted) (pence)

16.7p

FY19

FY18

FY17

FY16

16.7p

16.0p

14.0p

12.4p

Purpose
Shows our ability to maintain and 
improve the quality of our earnings 
over time.

Definition
Gross profit as a percentage of revenue.

Performance
We achieved a gross margin of 
20.5% in FY19, reflecting the focus on 
high-quality developments in student 
accommodation and the change in 
business mix, with a larger contribution 
from BtR development which has 
slightly lower margins.

Purpose
Reflects our ability to deliver sustainable 
earnings growth.

Definition
Earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation, amortisation and 
exceptional items.

Performance
Adjusted EBITDA increased by 3.6%, 
reflecting the growth in revenues and  
the business mix effect noted under  
gross margin.

Performance
Adjusted earnings per share were 4.6% 
higher in FY19, reflecting our profit 
growth during the year.

Purpose
Shows our ability to deliver profitable 
growth and underpins our progressive 
dividend policy.

Definition
Profit from continuing operations 
attributable to ordinary shareholders, 
adjusted to exclude exceptional items, 
divided by the weighted average 
number of shares in issue in the year.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

21

Cash inflow from operating 
activities (£m)

£17.6m

£54.4m

FY19

FY18

FY17

FY16

£17.6m

£19.2m

£15.1m

Number of student  
beds delivered

2,723

FY19

FY18

FY17

FY16

2,723

3,415

3,314

3,819

Number of student beds and BtR 
units under management

17,721

FY19

FY18

FY17

17,721

16,617

12,337

FY16

8,310

Purpose
Demonstrates that our working 
capital-light forward-sale model ensures 
we turn our high-quality profits into 
cash, which underpins our dividend 
payout.

Definition
Cash flow generated by our operating 
activities.

Performance
We delivered a cash inflow from 
operating activities of £17.6 million.

The reduction in the year was due to 
working capital movements and the 
deal structure for the sale of a PBSA 
development in Chester (see page 47).

Purpose
Shows our ability to deliver our 
pipeline of student accommodation 
developments, which provides the core 
of our earnings and cash flow.

Definition
The number of beds in the student 
accommodation development projects 
we completed during the financial year.

Performance
We met our objective for the year 
of delivering 2,723 beds, across six 
developments. 

The reduction in the number of student 
beds delivered was the result of our 
decision to focus on a smaller number 
of development sites on which we could 
achieve strong margins, in the light of 
Brexit uncertainty.

Purpose
Shows our ability to expand our  
high-margin accommodation 
management business.

Definition
The number of student beds and BtR 
units that Fresh Property Group is 
contracted to manage on behalf of our 
institutional clients.

Performance
The number of student beds and BtR 
units under management showed strong 
underlying growth in the year.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 22 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

OPERATING  
REVIEW 

SA

STUDENT  
ACCOMMODATION

We completed 2,723  
student beds at good margins 
in FY19 and added to our 
forward sold and secured 
delivery pipeline.

HIGHLIGHTS

Student accommodation development

•  Six developments (2,723 beds) 

completed as scheduled in FY19.

•  Eleven developments (4,537 
beds) currently forward sold.

Total forward sold and secured development  
pipeline of 6,670 student beds across 17 sites:

•  FY20 deliveries – seven student 
developments (2,609 beds) 
scheduled for delivery. 
All forward sold. 

•  FY22 deliveries – three sites 
secured (1,032 beds), with 
a number of additional sites 
in progress.

•  FY21 deliveries – seven student 
developments (approximately 
3,253 beds) scheduled for 
delivery, six of which (2,838 beds)
have been secured. Four sites 
(1,928 beds) are forward sold and 
448 beds are in legals for sale.

•  FY23/24 deliveries – one 

site secured (191 beds), with 
a number of additional sites 
in progress.

Creating great 
places to live for 
the UK student 
population.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

23

Key statistics

Delivered FY19
2,723

beds

Pipeline
6,670

beds

Forward sold
4,537

beds

6

schemes

17

schemes

11

schemes

Performance
Revenues from student accommodation 
development were 21.3% lower at 
£246.1 million (FY18: £312.7 million), in line 
with our expectations and reflecting the 
lower number of student beds delivered in 
FY19 as a result of our decision to focus on 
a smaller number of development sites on 
which we could achieve strong margins, 
in the light of Brexit uncertainty. In FY19, 
we completed six schemes with 2,723 beds, 
compared with ten schemes with 3,415 beds 
in FY18. In doing so, we maintained our 
100% record of completing developments 
before they were due to be let.

The gross margin for FY19 was 21.0%, 
against 19.4% in FY18. The robust 
margin this year reflected the mix profile 
of the schemes in development and 
our continuing success in sourcing and 
obtaining planning for high-quality sites, 
in locations with strong investor demand. 
The gross margin in FY18 was affected 
by the forward sales of a number of 
developments on 30 September 2018. 
These mainly constituted land sales and 
totalled £42.6 million, with a margin of 
11.1% being recognised. Adjusting for the 
impact of these forward sales, the FY18 
margin was 20.7%.

The total forward sold and 
secured development pipeline at 
30 September 2019 comprised 17 sites, 
representing 6,670 beds, and with an 
appraised development value to the Group 
of approximately £630 million. 

We continued to make good progress 
with planning consents during the year, 
utilising our in-house expertise. In FY19, we 
obtained three consents for developments 
totalling 1,055 beds. A further six sites 
(2,187 beds) are progressing through the  
planning process.

Our business model typically sees 
us forward sell our developments. 
However, we may begin developments 
and sell them later, where we believe this 
will create the most value for the Group. 
Towards the end of the year, we sold two 
developments on this basis in Chester. 
The first development, on Hunter Street, 
was completed for the start of the 2019/20 
academic year. The second development, 
on Liverpool Road, was sold on a forward 
commitment basis, under which we 
received a deposit from the acquirer, 
with the balance payable on handover 
of the completed development during 
FY20. This reduced FY19 revenue by 
approximately £20.0 million, compared 
with the amount that would have been 
recognised in the year had we forward 
sold the scheme.

We have a strong pipeline of developments, 
for delivery over the next few years. 
For FY20, we are scheduled to deliver 
seven schemes with 2,609 beds. All of 
these schemes have been forward sold. 
For FY21, our pipeline comprises seven 
sites with 3,253 beds. At the year end, 
four of these schemes with 1,928 beds 
had been forward sold, with a further 448 
beds in legals for sale. One site (462 beds) 
is secured and has planning and one site 
(415 beds) is in legals to secure. We are 
building our pipeline for delivery in FY22 
and beyond, with four sites (1,223 beds) 
currently secured subject to planning.

 
 
 
 
24 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

OPERATING  
REVIEW continued

SA

STUDENT  
ACCOMMODATION 
CONTINUED

Around 
425,000

students are from 
outside the UK

An increase of 
54%

in international 
students  
2006/7 to 2017/18

Representing
c.23%

of the student 
population

We see good 
opportunity for growth  
in the PBSA sector.

Alex Pease
Investment Director  
at Watkin Jones Group

worldwide. There were around 125,000  
EU students in the UK in 2017/18, up 4%  
on the previous year, while non-EU 
international students totalled around 
297,000, up nearly 5%. 

EU students made up 6.8% of the total 
UK student population in 2017/18, which 
means that any changes in EU student 
numbers post-Brexit should not have a 
material impact on demand for PBSA 
beds. The Government has published its 
immigration white paper, which should be 
positive for international student numbers 
in the UK, and targets a 30% growth in 
international students by 2030, equivalent 
to an increase in international student 
numbers of approximately 130,000. 
The Government is also proposing to 
increase the time international students can 
stay in the UK after graduating so they can 
look for work, which should make the UK a 
more attractive place to study.

Taking the effect of the increase in the 
number of 18 year olds, together with the 
targeted increase in international students, 
would lead to a total increase in full-time 
student numbers of 230,000 by 2030.

Even though the student population has 
grown, there is still significant unmet 
demand for university places. For the 
2018/19 academic year, there were 695,650 

The market opportunity 
Demand for university places  
continues to grow
The number of full-time students in the 
UK is a key determinant of demand for 
PBSA, since these students are more likely 
to live away from home than part-time 
students. The full-time student population 
continues to rise, with growth of around 
50,000 students per year in recent years. 
In 2018/19, there were nearly 1.88 million 
full-time students in the UK.

Students from the UK totalled 1.42 million 
in 2017/18. This was an increase of 2% on 
the previous year and reflects increased 
participation rates more than offsetting 
the absolute decline in the number of 18 
year olds. This decline is set to reverse, 
with increasing numbers of 18 year olds 
from 2021 and for the next 20 years, which 
will result in rising numbers of people of 
university age each year. 

Analysis of ONS population projections, 
along with entry rates from UCAS, 
point to a 100,000 increase in full-time 
undergraduate numbers between now  
and 2030. 

Trends in international students are also 
positive. The UK is the second most 
in-demand student market, after the US, 
and has 33 of the top 250 universities 

applications to UK universities, of which 
533,360 were accepted, resulting in 
demand outstripping supply by 30%.

Another notable trend in the higher 
education market is the “flight to quality”. 
The introduction of tuition fees coincided 
with the removal of the cap on student 
places at each university. This has allowed 
better institutions to grow, with the result 
that lower-quality institutions are struggling 
to retain or grow their student numbers. 
Between 2012/13 and 2017/18, the number 
of full-time students at the bottom five 
institutions fell by 30%, while full-time 
numbers at the top five institutions grew 
by 46%. This has clear implications for the 
location of new PBSA developments.

There is considerable scope for  
growth in PBSA provision
Cushman & Wakefield reported in its UK 
Student Accommodation Report 2018/19 
that 627,000 PBSA beds were available 
for the start of the 2018/19 academic year. 
Of this, universities provided 53% and 
the private sector provided 47%. This is a 
notable change from just a few years ago, 
with universities providing two-thirds of 
all beds in 2014. With around 25,000 beds 
being added each year, the market could 
reach 910,000 beds by 2030.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

25

PBSA investment
Institutional investors see UK PBSA as 
a mature, stable and income-producing 
asset class. This makes it a defensive 
investment and an attractive asset to hold 
in times of uncertainty. New institutions 
from the UK, Europe and the Far East have 
therefore entered the market in recent 
years. According to Knight Frank, total 
investment in student accommodation is 
set to increase from £51 billion in 2019 to 
£65 billion by 2025.

There is growing demand from UK 
institutions, who are increasingly focused 
on operational real estate and who have 
become increasingly comfortable with the 
granular leasing profile offered by direct-let 
PBSA. There has been some weakening 
in the demand from European investors, 
driven by hedging costs and the prospects 
of a no-deal Brexit. Overall, however, 
international investors have not been 
deterred by Brexit, reflecting the long-term 
nature of their investment decisions, and 
the depreciation of sterling has increased 
the attractiveness of UK investments for 
overseas buyers.

There has been a notable increase in the 
demand for portfolios of assets, allowing 
institutions to deploy large amounts of 
capital and gain a sizeable operational 
platform for economies of scale.

As of Q2 2019, JLL estimated that 
£3.86 billion of transactions had completed 
or were under offer for 2019, ahead of the 
£3.2 billion recorded in 2018 as a whole 
and close to the £4.1 billion recorded in 
2017. There has been sufficient institutional 
demand for yields to compress for prime 
assets, with yields shifting down by 
between 25 and 50 basis points over 
the twelve months to Q2 2019.

Competition
Watkin Jones operates across the entire 
PBSA development lifecycle. While there 
are other specialist PBSA developers 
in the UK, most do not construct 
their own developments, few provide 
accommodation management services, 
and their scale and geographical focus 
vary considerably. We believe our focus, 
market knowledge, geographical coverage 
and ability to work across the entire 
development cycle give us a competitive 
advantage. We also believe that we are the 
only developer that sells all its schemes 
to investors. This makes us an attractive 
conduit for institutions looking to increase 
exposure to PBSA and means we do not 
compete with our institutional clients by 
also being an asset owner. These factors 
make us well placed to compete effectively.

Market conditions are having some effect 
on the level of competition. For example, 
lower yields in prime markets mean 
some investors who previously acquired 
operational stock or forward funded new 
developments are looking to acquire 
development sites, so they can generate 
sufficient returns. Some private residential 
developers are also diversifying into PBSA, 
due to the sector’s strong fundamentals. 
However, these developers do not have 
the scale to be competitive and, having 
bought sites at a premium, often end up 
selling them. This is typically the result of 
build-cost inflation and institutions’ desire 
to work with a tier one developer, making 
it hard for an inexperienced developer to 
obtain institutional funding.

Significant scope remains for increased 
penetration of private PBSA. Knight Frank 
estimates that the private sector will deliver 
82% of the total beds set to be completed 
by 2021, with universities providing the 
remaining 18%.

Private PBSA developers need to be 
selective about the locations they choose. 
This is due to the flight to quality noted 
above and because the level of supply 
of PBSA beds in some towns and cities 
means that asset owners have seen higher 
vacancy rates and lower rental growth 
than expected. However, even in towns 
and cities with strong supply, being able 
to identify the right micro-locations can 
allow developers to build assets that 
will successfully fill at attractive rental 
levels. In addition, even towns and cities 
currently seen as oversupplied will become 
attractive for new development over time, 
as student numbers continue to rise and 
existing PBSA stock ages. 

Indeed, it is estimated that 75% of 
university-operated accommodation 
was built pre-1999 and is no longer fit for 
purpose or meeting occupier expectations. 
We estimate that around 75,000 PBSA 
beds require redevelopment. This is 
contributing to students seeking modern, 
high-specification accommodation in the 
private sector. A similar flight to quality 
is also evident in the private sector, 
with students increasingly preferring 
high-quality private PBSA to traditional 
houses of multiple occupation (“HMOs”) 
run by private landlords. 

This trend is being exacerbated by fiscal 
and planning barriers, which make the 
acquisition of houses for student letting 
more costly and difficult for private 
landlords, which will lead to a reduction in 
the number of students living in HMOs. 

This accords with national and local 
government agendas, which recognise 
PBSA as a better solution for housing 
students and enables HMOs to be made 
available to help towards the shortage in 
residential accommodation.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 26 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

OPERATING  
REVIEW continued

BTR

BUILD  
TO RENT

BtR development made its first 
material contribution to our 
revenues in FY19.

HIGHLIGHTS

Build to rent development

•  Continued to make good 

progress with the 315-apartment 
scheme in Reading and 
301-apartment scheme in 
Wembley, with both on schedule 
for delivery in FY21.

•  Obtained planning consents 

for development sites in Sutton 
and Leicester.

•  Three schemes (396 apartments) 
forward sold for delivery between 
FY20 and FY22.

•  Secured prime development sites 
in Brighton & Hove (for delivery 
in FY22), Woking (for delivery in 
FY23) and, subsequent to the 
year end, in Birmingham (for 
delivery in FY23).

•  Total forward sold and secured 
development pipeline, including 
Reading and Wembley, of 
approximately 2,300 apartments 
across nine sites, for delivery 
between FY20 and FY23.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

27

Key statistics

Pipeline
2,300

apartments

Forward sold
1,012

apartments

9

schemes

5

schemes

We are replicating 
our low‑risk 
forward sale 
model in BtR.

Performance
BtR development made its first material 
contribution to the Group’s performance in 
FY19, with revenue of £73.6 million (FY18: 
£3.8 million). This reflected revenues from 
the 315-apartment scheme in Reading and 
the 301-apartment scheme in Wembley, 
both of which are progressing well, and the 
forward sale of two other developments. 
These were the schemes in: 

•  Bournemouth, comprising 159 
apartments and 37,000 sqft of 
commercial office space, for delivery 
in FY20; and

•  Sutton, London, comprising 166 
apartments and scheduled for 
delivery in FY21.

We also forward sold a 71-apartment 
scheme for delivery in FY22, which forms 
part of a mixed-use PBSA and BtR scheme 
in Sheffield.

The gross profit for the year from BtR 
was £13.2 million (FY18: £1.0 million), at 
a gross margin of 18.0%. This reflects an 
encouraging start to our performance in 
this market, driven by the developments 
in build, and compares favourably with 
our medium-term expectation of a 15% 
average margin for BtR developments.

We secured planning consents during the 
year for the development site in Sutton and 
a 184-apartment development in Leicester, 
which is adjacent to our PBSA development 
site in the city. The Leicester development 
is scheduled for delivery in FY22.

We also continued to add to our 
development pipeline, securing during 
the year a prime site in Woking, for the 
development of 336 apartments (subject to 
planning) for delivery in FY23, and another 
in Brighton & Hove. This site has an existing 
planning consent for 186 apartments 
and c.2,000 sqm of commercial space. 
We intend to rework the design for this 
scheme, with the intention of obtaining 
planning for c.220 apartments. The scheme 
is targeted for delivery in FY22. Subsequent 
to the year end, we secured a site in 
Birmingham on which we are progressing 
planning for a 567-apartment scheme for 
delivery in FY23.

In total, we now have a forward sold and 
secured development pipeline, including 
Reading and Wembley, of nine sites, 
from which we are targeting to deliver 
approximately 2,300 apartments over the 
period FY20 to FY23. Six of these sites 
have planning (1,196 apartments). We also 
have a substantial pipeline of target sites 
and are actively negotiating on a number 
of opportunities.

All the developments for delivery in 
FY20 (159 apartments) and FY21 (782 
apartments) have been forward sold, with 
one development (71 apartments) for 
delivery in FY22 also forward sold.

 
 
 
 
28 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

OPERATING  
REVIEW continued

BTR

BUILD  
TO RENT 
CONTINUED

The Government  
is targeting 
300,000

new dwellings 
each year

Average 
150,000

net new dwellings 
supplied each year 
over the last 15 years

The UK’s 
population is 
growing at a  
rate of
200,000-
250,000

additional households 
every year

Young people in particular 
increasingly see renting as  
a better lifestyle choice.

Jim Davies
Managing Director  
Newmark Developments

This shortage of new builds contributes to 
high house prices in parts of the country 
with the strongest local economies, pricing 
many people out of the market. Stricter 
mortgage regulations and the need for 
larger deposits have also increased the 
barriers to home ownership. At the same 
time, people are increasingly getting 
married and having children later, delaying 
the point at which they decide to buy a 
house. This results in people living in rental 
stock for longer.

Urbanisation is an important factor, which 
is reshaping the country’s economic and 
demographic structures. The UK has one 
of the highest rates of urbanisation, which 
influences issues such as infrastructure 
constraints, competition for land, planning, 
logistics and housing affordability. Many 
of the locations where we see the greatest 
potential for build to rent are in urban areas 
with universities, where education leads to 
employment opportunities and the need for 
housing.

As a result of all of these factors, many 
people are renting for the medium to 
long term. Young people in particular 
increasingly see renting as a better lifestyle 
choice, providing quality of living while 
maintaining flexibility, in the expectation of 
changing jobs more frequently than in the 
past. This has contributed to the number 
of people renting in England doubling over 
the last ten years (source: English Housing 
Survey), while 2.5 million households have 
entered the rental market since 2000. 
Private renters are expected to account 
for 25% of all households by 2021 (source: 
Knight Frank, EHS, DCLG).

The total number of BtR apartments 
completed, under construction or in the 
pipeline now amounts to c.143,000 units, 
of which around 75,000 are in London. 
At full maturity, the BtR sector could 
grow to 1.7 million units (source: Savills), 
providing considerable scope for growth.

The market opportunity
Build to rent represents an exciting 
opportunity and has growing momentum 
as an asset class.

There is well-known structural supply and 
demand imbalance in the UK residential 
property market, with the supply of new 
homes in the UK failing to keep up with 
demand. Factors driving this demand 
include rising life expectancy and 
immigration, which together will contribute 
to a 7.3 million increase in the UK 
population by 2035, as well as growth in 
one-person households and urbanisation. 
To meet this demand, the Government 
is targeting 300,000 new dwellings each 
year, but only 195,000 were delivered in 
2017/18, continuing a trend established 
over many years of delivery falling 
short of requirements. Indeed, the net 
housing supply has averaged around 
150,000 dwellings over the last 15 years. 
With around 200,000-250,000 additional 
households being formed in England alone 
each year, there is a significant current UK 
housing deficit.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

29

Institutional demand is strong 
Ownership of UK rented housing is 
fragmented and dominated by small 
buy-to-let landlords, with little over 5% 
being owned by institutions. This compares 
with around 40% in the USA, which is a 
more mature institutional market. Individual 
private landlords are exiting the market, 
however, as recent changes to the tax 
regime start to take effect. Large-scale 
professional BtR landlords are well placed 
to absorb this change, as well as satisfying 
some of the structural shortfall in the UK’s 
housing supply.

As a result, the proportion of UK rented 
homes owned by institutions is expected 
to rise, as BtR offers them an attractive 
income stream that correlates strongly 
with inflation and is considered highly 
sustainable through the economic cycle. 
Investment in the build to rent sector 
was estimated at £3 billion in 2018, up 
50% on the previous year, with around 
£2.1 billion of transactions in the first nine 
months of 2019. Total investment in the 
sector is estimated at £35 billion in 2019. 
Using Savills’ estimate of 1.7 million units, 
investment would increase to around 
£544 billion by 2071, based on the current 
run rate of a net 30,000 units being added 
each year.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 30 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

OPERATING  
REVIEW continued

AM

ACCOMMODATION  
MANAGEMENT

Through Fresh Property Group 
we gain invaluable customer 
feedback and market 
knowledge.

HIGHLIGHTS

Accommodation management

•  At the start of FY20, Fresh 

•  Continued success in winning 

Property Group (“FPG”) had 
17,721 student beds and 
build to rent apartments 
under management, across 
64 schemes, compared with 
15,421 beds and apartments 
under management across 
56 schemes a year earlier.

management contracts for new 
and existing schemes. In total, 
FPG is contracted to manage 
20,448 student beds and BtR 
apartments across 66 schemes 
by the start of FY22.

•  New business won in the year 
included being appointed as 
manager to six PBSA schemes 
currently being developed by 
Curlew Capital’s new fund, CST2.

•  FPG also had continued success 
in being appointed to manage 
new schemes in Ireland and will 
be responsible for managing six 
PBSA schemes (1,516 beds) by 
the start of FY21.

•  In December 2018, won 

Operator of the Year at the 
Property Week Student 
Accommodation Awards.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

31

Key statistics

Student beds and build to rent  
apartments under management

FY19
15,421

FY20
17,721

56

schemes

64

schemes

Fresh Property Group is a key part of 
our end-to-end solution for clients. 
By focusing on delivering exceptional 
customer experience and creating vibrant 
communities, where people want to live, 
we drive return for our clients.

Revenue in FY19 was £7.5 million, 
compared with £7.3 million in FY18. 
This reflects strong underlying growth, 
given the full-year impact of the loss 
of 4,597 beds under management in 
FY18, following the sale of a portfolio of 
student schemes by a client, the Curlew 
Student Trust (“CST”). The business 
delivered a gross profit of £4.6 million 
(FY18: £4.5 million), representing a gross 
margin of 61.5% (FY18: 61.8%).

At the start of FY19, we had 15,421 
student beds and BtR apartments under 
management across 56 schemes. We had 
a strong year for new business, mobilising 
a number of new student schemes and 
adding existing schemes to the portfolio. 
At the start of FY20, we therefore had 
17,721 student beds and BtR apartments 
under management, across 64 schemes, 
above the level prior to CST’s portfolio 
sale. For FY22, we are currently contracted 
to manage 20,448 student beds and BtR 
apartments, across 66 schemes. 

We are all about 
delivering a 
high‑quality 
customer 
experience.

 
 
 
 
32 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

OPERATING  
REVIEW continued

AM

ACCOMMODATION  
MANAGEMENT 
CONTINUED

Fresh is now the largest 
third‑party operator of PBSA, 
reflecting the quality of our 
service.

Rebecca Hopewell
CEO  
Fresh Property Group

While growth this year has been driven 
by contracts to manage PBSA schemes, 
we continue to discuss BtR opportunities 
with clients in both the UK and Ireland. 
We have therefore worked hard to ensure 
we have the right proposition, structure and 
processes to effectively take on the growth 
opportunity we see in the BtR market.

We also continue to invest in 
technology, both to enhance our own 
operations and to improve the customer 
experience. Our investment in a new 
system, Salesforce, during FY18 was 
beneficial this year, giving us improved 
visibility of leads and making us better able 
to track their conversion into bookings. 
We have also invested in our booking 
system for PBSA, to improve efficiency 
and enhance the customer journey. 

In addition, we are investing in a new 
system to support our management 
of both PBSA and BtR developments, 
allowing us to offer a really exceptional 
customer experience. We are planning to 
go live with the new system towards the 
end of FY20.

During the year, we introduced Think Fresh 
training for our people, in partnership 
with Mary Gober International. This is a 
combination of ten e-learning modules 
and “huddles”, which are small discussion 
groups designed to embed the content. 
Around 220 of our people have been 
assigned the training, from front line 
customer service staff to directors. 
The training is leading to a better 
customer experience, with the latest 
National Student Housing Survey rating 
our overall management at 91%, staff 
knowledge at 94% and staff friendliness 
at 93%.

Our growth this year has moved us up two 
places to sixth in CBRE’s PBSA Operator 
League Table. The five largest operators 
are all in-house management arms of 
PBSA owners and FPG is now the biggest 
third-party operator. Of the 64 schemes 
we currently manage, approximately half 
were developed by third parties, showing 
our success at winning business from 
institutional clients and reflecting the 
high quality of our offer.

New business won in the year included 
being appointed to six student schemes 
currently being developed by Curlew 
Capital’s new fund, CST2. We also 
mobilised an additional two sites in Ireland 
during the year, with a further two schemes 
mobilising for the 2020/21 academic year. 
For the start of FY21 we will therefore 
have six PBSA schemes (1,516 beds) 
under management in Ireland. We have 
strengthened the team in Ireland as a 
result, employing an operations manager.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

33

We are constantly looking at ways to 
improve the sense of community at our 
sites and this year at Foundry Courtyard, 
Glasgow, we piloted weekly life skills 
workshops for the residents. Workshops 
include self confidence, managing 
stress, communication and teamwork. 
We hope to roll this out nationally.

FPG has continued to win awards, 
reflecting the quality of our service. 
In December 2018, we received 
Operator of the Year at the Property 
Week Student Accommodation Awards. 
The Shield in Newcastle also won Best 
Social Experience and Best Value for 
Money Student Accommodation from 
Student Crowd.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 34 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

OPERATING  
REVIEW continued

R

RESIDENTIAL

Our residential business  
forms an important part  
of our ambition to create  
the future of living.

HIGHLIGHTS

Residential

•  Continued robust performance 

with 150 homes and apartments 
sold (FY18: 175 sales), including 
42 apartments at developments 
in Stratford and Bath.

•  Forward sold a 35-apartment 
development in Chester, for 
delivery in FY20.

•  Commenced works under a 
development agreement for 
75 apartments at Marshgate, 
Stratford, for delivery in FY21.

The residential business performed well 
and is an important part of our ambition 
to create the future of living.

Richard Simpson
Chief Executive Officer

The residential business had another 
solid year, with revenue increasing from 
£30.0 million to £38.1 million, a rise of 27%. 

We completed 150 sales compared with 
175 in FY18. This included sales in our 
core North West market, together with 
42 apartment sales at our developments 
in Stratford and Bath. These two 
developments will make a further 
contribution to revenues in the coming year.

Sales at nil margin from our legacy site in 
Droylsden reduced from £10.2 million in 
FY18 to £3.5 million in FY19.

We also forward sold a residential 
development of 35 apartments on Trafford 
Street in Chester, for delivery in FY20.

During the year we were engaged by a 
client to commence the development of 
75 residential apartments at Marshgate, 
Stratford, for delivery in FY21. This will 
make a meaningful contribution to the 
revenues for our residential business over 
the next two years.

The gross profit for the year was 
£7.7 million (FY18: £4.4 million), 
representing a margin of 20.3% (FY18: 
14.6%). Excluding the nil margin sales at 
Droylsden, the gross margin was 22.3%, 
against 22.2% in the previous year.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

35

At the end of the year, we had a land bank 
of 462 plots (30 September 2018: 657 
plots). We will continue to acquire smaller 
to medium-sized development sites of 
50-100 homes, primarily in our core North 
West market, which is expected to remain 
one of the stronger performing regions in 
the UK. We will also utilise our residential 
experience to deliver the residential 
element of mixed-use schemes, such 
as the one in Stratford.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 36 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

ENGAGING OUR  
STAKEHOLDERS

We recognise our responsibility to all our stakeholders, which 
include our people, our institutional clients, the customers 
who live in the buildings we develop or manage, our supply 
chain, shareholders and local communities. 

How we engage our stakeholders

Stakeholder

Interests

How we engage

Employees
Watkin Jones employs around 700 
people, across numerous disciplines. 
Having a highly engaged and motivated 
workforce is central to achieving our 
growth plans.

Institutional clients
We work with a growing list of 
institutional investors. They purchase 
the PBSA and BtR developments we 
create, usually on a forward-funded 
basis, and employ FPG to manage 
assets on their behalf.

Customers
We are responsible for managing 
nearly 18,000 student beds and BtR 
units. Delivering high-quality service 
to these customers is key to ensuring 
they have an excellent experience of 
living in the developments we manage 
and helps to ensure high levels of 
occupancy for our institutional clients 
and contributes to rental growth.

Supply chain
Our subcontractors and suppliers are 
responsible for providing the skilled 
people and materials we employ 
to construct our developments. 
As such, they are a central part 
of our delivery model.

Our people’s interests include:

•  learning and development;

•  career opportunities;

•  reward;

•  culture;

•  health, safety and wellbeing;

•  internal communication and 

collaboration;

•  feeling valued for their work; and

•  the Group’s strategic direction 

and success.

Our institutional clients’ interests 
include:

•  the location, specification and 
quality of our developments;

•  on-time delivery of completed 

developments;

•  quality of customer service;

•  the safety and wellbeing of tenants; 

and

•  financial returns from the operation 

of completed developments, 
including occupancy levels and 
net rental performance.

Our customers’ interests include:

•  the location, specification and 

quality of their homes;

•  the sense of community within 

their buildings;

•  on-site facilities, including 

internet connectivity;

•  customer service levels, including 

how friendly and knowledgeable our 
staff are; and

•  value for money.

Our supply chain’s interests include:

•  our development programme and 
the volume of repeat business we 
can offer;

•  effective and respectful 
working relationships;

•  pricing and payment terms; and

•  health and safety.

Our employee engagement activities are 
described in the People section on pages 
38 and 39.

We maintain close relationships with 
current and potential institutional 
clients, so we can understand the types 
of development and locations that 
are attractive to them. By sharing our 
knowledge of the markets in which we 
operate and our insight into consumer 
requirements, we create developments 
that meet their aspirations and those 
of their customers. We foster these 
relationships both formally and informally 
and at a variety of levels, including 
during the marketing of individual 
assets. Our investment team is primarily 
responsible for our client relationships.

Our primary engagement with customers 
is through our on-site managers 
and other team members. They are 
responsible for delivering the high 
standards of service we promise and 
for gathering and acting on customer 
feedback. We use that customer 
feedback to help in the specification and 
design of future developments. 

Our process for selecting and managing 
our supply chain partners is described 
on page 41. Our quantity surveyors and 
procurement specialists have primary 
responsibility for liaising with the 
supply chain.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

37

We commit to being open and honest in communicating 
Group information and to maintaining two‑way dialogue with 
all of our stakeholder groups.

Stakeholder

Interests

How we engage

Our interactions with our shareholders 
are set out on page 63.

The way in which we engage with 
communities is described on page 42.

Shareholders
To be a sustainable business, we 
need a well-informed and supportive 
shareholder base. We therefore 
look to ensure regular and open 
communications with our shareholders, 
while delivering strong and consistent 
performance.

Communities
We look to be a good neighbour 
and to deliver real value to our 
local communities through our 
developments and via the Watkin 
Jones Community Fund.

Our shareholders’ interests include:

•  financial and operational 

performance;

•  our development pipeline and 

growth plans;

•  strategy;

•  market trends;

•  Board and management;

•  sustainability and responsible 

business;

•  corporate governance;

•  management pay and incentives;

•  news flow; and

•  dividend policy.

Our communities’ interests include:

•  the development of buildings which 
make a positive contribution to the 
local community;

•  the development of, or making of 
financial contributions to support, 
local infrastructure projects;

•  employment and business 

opportunities;

•  local housing supply;

•  affordability;

•  our environmental impact; and

•  support for community causes.

Section 172(1) statement 
The Board is fully aware of its duty under s172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of 
members as a whole. The Group’s stakeholder engagement activities help to inform the Board’s decisions, by ensuring the Directors are 
aware of stakeholders’ interests. 

As the Group works through a multi-year development cycle and operates in markets driven by long-term demographic and social trends, 
the Board takes a long-term view in reaching key decisions, such as reviewing and approving the Group’s refreshed strategic direction 
this year. When taking decisions, the Board looks to act in the interests of shareholders as a whole and to ensure all shareholders are 
fairly treated.

The Group’s business model relies heavily on its reputation with institutional investors and with the customers who occupy the properties 
it manages. The Directors therefore take a close interest in the Group’s ability to consistently deliver for institutions and customers, and 
ensuring it maintains high standards of ethical conduct (see pages 42 and 43). The Group also takes a rigorous approach to ensuring it 
operates in a way which puts sustainability at the forefront, as described on pages 38 to 43.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 38 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

SUSTAINABILITY

Our approach to sustainability 
recognises that in addition to 
delivering financial performance 
for our shareholders, we need 
to create value for the wider 
stakeholders discussed on 
pages 36 and 37.

Our people
To help deliver our growth plans, we 
invested in our human resources (“HR”) 
function in FY19. This included recruiting 
our first Group HR Director and making 
other senior HR appointments, to support 
learning and development and engagement 
(see below). 

In early 2019, we introduced an HR 
business partner model. Our HR business 
partners are working closely with business 
leaders and management teams, to help 
them understand our organisational and 
people capabilities and determine how 
we can build on them in the future. This is 
enabling the HR business partners to work 
with the business to shape and implement 
effective HR strategies and activities.

In June 2019, we undertook our first 
employee engagement survey, giving 
everyone in Watkin Jones the chance to 
have their say. The results of the survey 
were highly positive, with an overall 
engagement score of 77%. Particular 
highlights were that:

•  94% of our people stated they are 

committed to providing the best possible 
customer service; and

•  86% believe they can and do make a 
valuable contribution to our success.

The survey also identified areas for 
improvement, notably introducing new 
ways to recognise and reward those 
who go the extra mile and putting more 
emphasis on career development. 

As part of communicating the engagement 
survey outputs, we are looking to establish 
ways to have regular feedback across 
the business, encouraging our people to 
contribute ideas. We have also appointed 
our first Head of Communication and 
Engagement, to help educate our 
managers on the importance of good 
communication and create improved 
communication channels.

We recognise the importance of learning 
and development, particularly in respect of 
developing our future leaders. To support 
this agenda, we appointed a Head of 
Leadership, Learning & Development 
during the year. We also continue to 
sponsor colleagues working towards 
academic qualifications.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

39

These stakeholders are fundamental to our 
business and may be positively or negatively 
affected by our activities. In addition, we look 
to minimise our impact on both the local and 
global environment.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

To help us attract new talent into the 
business, we conducted a full review of 
our recruitment function during the year, 
including analysing the process, success 
rate and costs. This resulted in us forming 
a new relationship with Blue Octopus, a 
provider of talent acquisition technology. 
This reflects changes in the way people 
search for jobs, moving away from 
recruitment agencies and giving us access 
to the best online job portals, while creating 
a simple candidate journey and being more 
cost effective. 

Diversity and inclusion
We understand and appreciate the 
importance of diversity and inclusion and 
the positive impact that it can have for 
both our people and the business. We 
have therefore developed a diversity and 
inclusion strategy, as part of our People 
Plan. Our strategy is designed to bring a 
diverse range of knowledge, insight and 
innovation into our business. The strategy 
considers a broad range of diversity 
characteristics, including gender and 
ethnic diversity, and gives us a tool against 
which we can measure our progress.

The table below shows our gender diversity 
as at the year end.

2019

2018

Men Women Men Women

Board

4

1

4

—

Senior  
management

Other 
employees

Total

49

17

42

13

329

382

300

341

322

318

387

335

While construction has traditionally been 
a male-dominated industry, the growth 
of FPG is bringing more women into the 
Group, including in senior roles. We also 
appointed Liz Reilly as a Non-Executive 
Director to the Board.

Our people policies
The Group has a wide range of policies 
relating to its people. These cover 
maternity, paternity and adoption leave, 
equality and diversity, employee privacy, 
dignity at work, equal opportunities, 
pensions and grievance procedures. 

In FY19 we reviewed and improved our 
family-friendly policies covering maternity, 
paternity and adoption leave, providing 
additional support to our staff when they 
need it the most.

In addition, our Corporate Social 
Responsibility (“CSR”) policy sets out 
several overarching aims in respect of 
our people, including investing in their 
development, being a good and fair 
employer, maintaining open communication 
and continually improving our health 
and safety performance. This policy also 
requires us to produce an annual human 
resources strategy, to ensure we can 
meet the future needs of both the Group 
and our people.

The practices we operate seek to retain 
and develop our talent across the business.

Ensuring compliance
We have several routes for our people to 
report compliance issues relating to our 
people policies. They can discuss any 
issues with their line manager or, if they 
feel unable to do so, with their HR manager. 
If the issue remains unresolved, we have a 
formal grievance procedure, as set out in 
our grievance policy. In addition, we have 
an outsourced whistleblowing service, 
which allows our people to raise concerns 
confidentially about a wide range of 
matters. Our employee survey and annual 
staff conference also give people the 
opportunity to provide feedback about the 
operation of our policies.

We are not aware of any material breaches 
of our people policies during the year.

 
 
 
 
%
100

95

90

85

80

75

40 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

SUSTAINABILITY continued

Key statistics

Waste diverted from landfill

37,311
33,206

38,013
34,211

29,626
27,552

33,644
31,625

31,434
29,213

Reportable 
accidents

Gender diversity 
male:female

FY19:
2

FY18: 3

FY19:
55%: 
45%

FY18: 48%:52%

Health and safety
Health and safety policy
Protecting the health and safety of our 
people and subcontractors is vital. 
We have a Group-wide health and safety 
policy, which provides a comprehensive 
description of responsibilities for 
health and safety throughout the 
organisation, from the Board to the 
people working directly on site. It also 
details the arrangements which form our 
robust health and safety management 
system, such as necessary training, risk 
assessments, supervision and the use of 
protective equipment.

Ensuring compliance
The divisional managing directors (“MDs”)
lead health and safety for their divisions. 
They are supported by the Group health 
and safety department, which comprises 
our health and safety advisers. The health 
and safety advisers conduct an inspection 
and audit of all sites every two weeks and 
all offices each month. Sites are scored 
after each audit and results are reported 
to the divisional MDs on a weekly, monthly 
and quarterly basis. The Group team 
holds weekly conference calls with the 
site teams to discuss performance, any 
issues identified and any incidents that 
have occurred. A monthly meeting with 
the divisional MDs is held to review health 
and safety issues, any initiatives being 
conducted and other key areas such as 
training. The quarterly analysis looks to 
identify any recurring incidents and trends 
in performance. Contract managers and 
Directors are also required to audit sites 
each month, with the results reviewed by 
the Group team.

Waste
m3
40,000

35,000

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

Waste produced (m3)

Waste diverted (m3)

Diversion target (%)

2019
Actual diverted (%)

Our subcontractors play a key role in 
on-site safety. Everyone working on site 
must have a general induction before they 
reach the site, followed by a site-specific 
briefing before commencing work. No one 
is allowed on site without first proving their 
competency, for example by checking they 
hold a valid Construction Skills Certification 
Scheme card. This proves their identity, 
the qualifications they hold and the training 
they have received.

We run numerous health and safety 
training programmes for people at all levels. 
These include programmes for Directors 
and site managers, as well as a wide range 
of specific programmes such as working at 
height or manual handling. All employees 
must also complete an induction and 
annual training programme on our health 
and safety policy.

Watkin Jones is a full member of the 
British Safety Council and we are 
accredited by the Construction Health 
and Safety Assessment Scheme. We also 
support the construction industry’s 
Working Well Together campaign.

Within Fresh Property Group, role-specific 
training is provided for our people and our 
Property team all hold a formal health and 

safety management qualification. We gain 
health and safety assurance over the sites 
managed by Fresh Property Group through 
a programme of both internal and external 
inspections.

Health and safety performance
During the year, we conducted numerous 
initiatives to further improve our health 
and safety performance. These included: 
fire safety on site, in particular relating to 
high-rise buildings under construction; 
site security; dust control and protection; 
correct wearing of head protection; 
planning and maintaining safe site routes; 
contractor morning briefings; winter 
weather working; and mental health 
awareness.

These actions helped us to deliver a 
further improvement in health and safety 
performance, with our reportable accidents 
reducing to two from three in FY18.

Our reportable incidence rate, which is an 
HSE standard reporting metric, was 152 
per 100,000 employees in FY19, down from 
231 in FY18, and compares to a figure of 
2,620 for the construction industry as a 
whole, as reported by HSE.

Reportable incident rates and reportable accidents

Reportable 
incident
rate
350

303

275

231

Reportable 
accidents 
rate
5

4

3

2

1

0

152

2015 to 2016

2016 to 2017

2017 to 2018

2018 to 2019

Reportable incident rate: This is an HSE standard reporting metric, being the number of reportable 
accidents multiplied by 100,000 divided by the average number of people employed.

Reportable accidents: This is the absolute number of accidents reported by the Group to HSE in 
accordance with the RIDDOR regulations.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

41

CO2 emissions

Key statistics

CO2
1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

1,328
1,200

1,301
1,200

1,248
1,200

1,065   
1,200

1,132   
1,300

%
0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

2015

2016
Actual CO2 emissions (tonnes)

2017

2018

CO2 emissions target (tonnes)

0.0

2019
Actual CO2 emissions (kg) 
as a % of turnover (£)

Waste diverted 
from landfill

CO2 emissions 
(tonnes)

FY19:
93%

FY18: 94%

FY19:
1,132

FY18: 1,065

Supply chain
Our supply chain is crucial to successfully 
delivering our schemes. We look for 
opportunities to work closely with our 
supply chain partners, for mutual benefit. 
This includes negotiating national rates 
with key subcontractors, while they benefit 
from a highly visible and growing workload 
with us.

By carefully managing our supply chain, we 
simplify our construction process, reduce 
risk, and generate cost, maintenance and 
environmental benefits. Our process for 
working with our supply chain includes:

•  a detailed evaluation of potential 
suppliers, looking at their quality, 
safety, environmental and financial 
performance;

•  defining and tracking the key 

procurement activities and dates for 
each project;

•  selecting suppliers and subcontractors 
for each project, taking into account 
location, current workload, type and size 
of project, and cost;

•  on-site quality control, including records 

of progress and performance;

•  performance review on completion, 

to ensure our supply chain partners are 
delivering to the required standard; and

•  continuous improvement, by identifying 

issues and acting on them.

Our vision is for our entire supply chain 
to embrace and share our commitment 
to sustainable development and ethical 
business practices.

Environment
Our environmental policies
We have an environmental policy 
statement, which sets out our commitment 
to protecting the environment, preventing 
pollution, and monitoring and reducing 
the impact of our operations on the 
environment and local communities. 
The policy requires us to work with 
our clients to promote best-practice 
environmental management techniques 
and with our suppliers to ensure strong 
environmental supply chain management 
and to promote sustainable sourcing of 
products and materials. We also have a 
separate policy covering our approach 
to waste management. This details our 
process for minimising waste production 
and requires us to use registered 
and approved contractors for waste 
management services. 

Ensuring compliance
We ensure compliance with our 
environmental policies in a number of ways. 
These include:

•  implementing business-specific 

environmental management systems, 
with the Group being accredited to ISO 
14001;

•  developing objectives, supported by 

detailed targets, to manage all potentially 
significant environmental aspects;

•  developing meaningful key performance 
indicators to measure resource use, 
waste and emissions, and to promote 
environmental best practice; and

•  providing training to staff and 

subcontractors, to raise awareness 
of environmental issues and to 
ensure effective management of our 
environmental impacts.

As an ISO 14001 accredited company, our 
environmental policy and waste monitoring 
procedures are well established throughout 
the Group. 

They include: 

•  establishing detailed waste management 
plans before work begins on our sites;

•  reclaiming and recycling materials in 
an environmentally friendly manner 
wherever possible;

•  maintaining site boundaries to minimise 

windblown contamination;

•  using water spray during dry conditions 

to minimise dust pollution; and

•  regularly monitoring noise levels to keep 
unavoidable disturbances to a minimum.

These procedures are designed to ensure 
that we comply with relevant legislation. 
We will continue to adopt best practice 
wherever possible, to promote the 
principles of sustainable construction.

Environmental performance
Waste diverted from landfill
The proportion of waste we divert from 
landfill is comparable with the best in the 
industry. In FY19, we diverted 93% of waste 
from landfill (FY18: 94%), ahead of our 
target for the year of 92%. The reduction 
in the absolute level of waste created is 
the result of constructing buildings which 
create less waste by design, for example 
by having more components constructed 
off site, and through carefully managing the 
ordering of general building materials.

Greenhouse gas emissions
We continue to actively manage our CO2 
emissions, with our actual emissions being 
below our target for the last two years, 
taking into account the growth in the 
Group’s revenues.

Our company car fleet is the main 
contributor to our CO2 emissions. Company 
cars are replaced on a three-year cycle on 
a contract hire arrangement, with drivers 
being provided with a choice of vehicles 
selected taking into account their CO2 
emissions data.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 42 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

SUSTAINABILITY continued

The Watkin Jones Community Fund 
supports projects that make a real 
difference to the communities in which 
we work. The Fund aims to support a 
wide range of projects with a particular 
emphasis on enhancing the physical 
environment and improving quality of 
life for local people. Applications are 
welcomed from community-based groups 
and not-for-profit organisations. During 
FY19, the fund made donations to a wide 
range of charities, sports clubs and other 
community groups. 

Fire safety
The fire safety of the buildings we 
develop is of paramount importance 
to us. We construct our developments 
to high fire management specifications, 
complying fully with applicable 
building and fire regulations, and with 
rigorous fire safety management and 
maintenance regimes.

The fire safety of high-rise buildings 
has rightly been under scrutiny since 
the Grenfell incident and, more recently, 
the fire at the Cube in Bolton. This has 
resulted in an ongoing review of cladding 
systems used and their fire resistant 
properties. We will continue to act as 
appropriate, in conjunction with the owners 
of the properties we have developed, to 
ensure the continued safety of tenants.

Ethical business
Watkin Jones is committed to acting in 
an ethical and responsible way in all its 
business dealings. This includes protecting 
human rights and looking to prevent any 
instances of bribery or corruption.

Human rights
Human rights policies
We have several policies covering aspects 
of human rights, both within Watkin Jones 
and in our supply chain. These include 
our policies on dignity at work, equal 
opportunities, equality and diversity, 
and anti-slavery and human trafficking. 
The aims of these policies include ensuring 
that we:

•  have a work environment free of 
harassment and bullying, where 
everyone is treated with dignity and 
respect;

•  provide equal employment opportunities 

and avoid unlawful discrimination in 
employment and against customers;

•  avoid any kind of unfair or illegal 

discrimination on the basis of colour, 
race, nationality, ethnic background, 
language, religion, sex, age, marital 
status, sexuality or disability; and

•  prevent any slavery or human trafficking 

in our own operations or within our 
supply chain.

Communities
Communities policy
Our CSR policy covers our approach to 
community relations. Under this policy, we:

•  strive to make a positive economic and 
social contribution to the communities 
we work in;

•  engage in proactive community relations 
and seek to be a good neighbour and 
citizen wherever we operate;

•  invest in local community development, 
through the Watkin Jones Community 
Fund;

•  support and actively encourage our 
employees to help local community 
organisations and activities; and

•  promote the values of CSR across 

the construction sector, through our 
involvement in regional and national 
industry bodies.
Community impact
Through our development activities 
we make a positive impact on local 
communities. As a condition of obtaining 
planning consent for our developments, 
we often undertake improvement work 
in the local area, which can range 
from providing affordable homes to 
contributions towards new schools, 
landscaping and enhancing roads and 
public realm areas.

BtR developments are a high-quality 
source of new homes, which help to relieve 
pressure on local housing stock. Councils 
also often see PBSA developments as 
a way of addressing housing shortages. 
A large PBSA development can free up 
more than 100 homes that were previously 
occupied by students, making them 
available to local families.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

43

Ensuring compliance
We ensure all new and existing employees 
have appropriate training to understand 
their rights and responsibilities under our 
human rights-related policies.

Employees can report any issues of 
non-compliance with our employment 
policies through the same routes 
described in the our people section above. 
Any person with concerns about slavery or 
human trafficking must raise them through 
their line manager, our Compliance Officer 
or through our whistleblowing procedures.

Our Compliance Officer has primary 
responsibility for implementing the 
anti-slavery and human trafficking policy, 
monitoring its use and effectiveness, 
dealing with any queries about it, and 
auditing internal control systems and 
procedures to ensure they are effective in 
countering modern slavery. 

We are not aware of any material 
breaches of our human rights policies 
during the year.

Anti-bribery and corruption (“ABC”)
Anti-bribery and corruption policy
We have a detailed ABC policy. It sets 
out the basic rules for our people and for 
third parties working on our behalf, and is 
designed to give them sufficient knowledge 
to detect and prevent bribery and 
corruption, and guidance on where to seek 
advice. The policy is supported by practical 
examples, which illustrate how to apply the 
rules in the context of our business.

Ensuring compliance
We promote compliance with the ABC 
policy in a number of ways. These include:

•  conducting risk-based due diligence on 

all agents and other third parties who will 
be conducting business on our behalf;

•  promoting employee and third-party 
awareness of, and compliance with, 
the ABC policy through appropriate 
communication, training and disciplinary 
procedures;

•  raising ABC awareness through specific 

online training during induction and 
annual refresher training; and

•  requiring each employee to sign an 

annual declaration to confirm they have 
complied with the policy.

Directors, managers and supervisors are 
personally responsible for monitoring 
compliance:

•  in respect of all business matters they 

are managing or supervising; and

•  by everyone involved in matters they 

are managing or supervising, including 
third-party agents, joint ventures and 
contractors working for and on behalf 
of Watkin Jones.

Anyone with suspicions about an ABC 
policy violation must report it to their 
supervisor, manager or Director, or by 
contacting the Compliance Officer or 
the whistleblowing line. An update on all 
whistleblowing submissions is presented 
to each meeting of the Audit Committee.

We are not aware of any breaches of the 
policy during the year.

How sustainability underpins our business model

Identify potential 
developments

Site procurement 
and planning

Transaction  
and funding

Construction  
and delivery

Accommodation  
management

People

Clients

Supply chain

Communities

Environment

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 44 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

FINANCIAL  
REVIEW

The Group made further progress during 
the year, delivering financial results 
in line with expectations.

Philip Byrom
Chief Financial Officer

Revenue
Revenue from continuing operations 
increased by 3.2%, from £363.1 million 
in FY18 to £374.8 million in FY19. 
As expected, student accommodation 
development revenues were £246.1 
million, or 21.3% lower, as a result of 
the planned reduction in the number of 
developments completed compared with 
the previous year. This was the result of 
our decision to focus on a smaller number 
of development sites on which we could 
achieve strong margins, in the light of Brexit 
uncertainty.

BtR development generated revenues 
of £73.6 million, up from £3.8 million in 
FY18. This reflects good progress with the 
on-site developments and forward sales 
completed in the year. The BtR business 
is set to make an important contribution to 
our growth over the coming years.

Accommodation management continued to 
make good progress. Revenues increased 
to £7.5 million, against £7.3 million in FY18, 
with strong underlying growth more than 
offsetting the full-year impact of the loss of 
the Curlew Student Trust beds in FY18.

Highlights

Continuing operations
Revenue
Gross profit
Overheads
Operating profit before  
exceptional items
Exceptional (charge)/income
Operating profit
Profit on disposal of interest in 
joint venture
Share of profit in joint ventures
Net finance costs
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year
Basic earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share
Dividend per share

FY19 
£m
374.8
76.8
(24.5)

52.3
(2.6)
49.7

—
0.3
(0.3)
49.7
(9.4)
40.3
15.8p
16.7p
8.35p

FY18 
£m
363.1
72.4
(22.8)

49.6
4.3
53.9

0.1
1.0
(0.7)
54.3
(10.1)
44.2
17.3p
16.0p
7.6p

Change
+3.2%
+6.0%
+7.2%

+5.4%

-7.8%

-8.5%

-8.8%
-8.9%
+4.6%
+9.9%

A solid increase in 
revenue and gross 
profit was achieved 
across all of the 
Group’s businesses, 
with the build to rent 
pipeline providing a 
significant opportunity 
for further growth.

 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

45

Highlights

Substantial 
growth in 
BtR revenues 
offsetting lower 
revenues from 
PBSA in FY19.

Revenue by  
operating segment

Gross profit by  
operating segment

FY19

FY19

FY18

Student 
accommodation
£246.1m

Build to rent
£73.6m

Residential
£38.1m

Accommodation 
management
£7.5m

Student 
accommodation
£312.7m

Build to rent
£3.8m

Residential
£30.0m

Accommodation 
management
£7.3m

FY18

Student 
accommodation
£51.6m

Build to rent
£13.2m

Residential
£7.7m

Accommodation 
management
£4.6m

Student 
accommodation
£60.7m

Build to rent
£1.0m

Residential
£4.4m

Accommodation 
management
£4.5m

The residential business also delivered 
strong revenue growth, with revenue up 
27.0% to £38.1 million (FY18: £30.0 million). 
The business had a solid performance in 
its core North West housing market and 
also benefited from the sales of apartments 
in Stratford and Bath. In addition, the 
business generated revenues from acting 
as developer for a client on a separate 
residential scheme in Stratford, which 
will make a greater contribution in FY20 
and FY21.

The Group has continued to generate 
revenue from the development of 
commercial property associated with its 
student and BtR developments. In FY19, 
this amounted to £9.5 million and arose 
from the commercial office element of 
the BtR scheme in Bournemouth, which 
was forward sold in the year. Commercial 
property revenues in FY18 were £9.3 million 
and related to a hotel and offices at the 
student accommodation development site 
in Christchurch Road, Bournemouth.

FY19 is the first year that we have adopted 
IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers’. This requires us to account 
separately for the land and development 
agreement elements of forward-sold 
contracts, rather than treating them as a 
combined agreement. The effect on the 
Group’s results has been to reduce FY19 
revenues and profit before tax by £613,000. 
The prior period comparatives have not 
been restated. More information can be 
found in note 5 to the financial statements.

Gross profit
Gross profit was £76.8 million, up 6.0% 
from the £72.4 million recorded in FY18. 
The gross margin was 20.5% (FY18: 20.0%).

Student accommodation development 
generated gross profit of £51.6 million 
(FY18: £60.7 million) and a gross margin 
of 21.0% (FY18: 19.4%), reflecting our 
focus on a select number of high-quality 
developments. The underlying gross 
margin in FY18 was 20.7%, after adjusting 
for forward sales that completed on 
30 September 2018. These forward 
sales primarily comprised the land sales 
element, which were at lower margins 
than the margins to be recognised on the 
development works in FY19 and FY20.

BtR development achieved a gross profit of 
£13.2 million (FY18: £1.0 million), at a gross 
margin of 18.0%. This is an encouraging 
start to our performance in this market and 
is ahead of the average margin of 15% we 
expect to achieve from our BtR pipeline in 
the medium term.

FPG maintained its highly attractive 
profitability. Its gross profit of £4.6 million 
(FY18: £4.5 million) equated to a gross 
margin of 61.5% (FY18: 61.8%).

The residential business generated gross 
profit of £7.7 million (FY18: £4.4 million). 
The gross margin of 20.3% (FY18: 
14.6%) reflected a reduction in nil margin 
sales at the legacy Droylsden site, from 
£10.2 million in FY18 to £3.5 million this 
year. Excluding these nil margin sales, 
the underlying gross margin was 22.3% 
(FY18: 22.2%).

Commercial property activities produced 
a loss of £0.1 million (FY18: profit of 
£1.8 million).

Administrative expenses
Administrative expenses rose by 7.2%, 
from £22.8 million in FY18 to £24.5 million 
in FY19. This was the result of recruitment 
to support the ongoing development of 
the business and a general salary increase 
of 3%.

Operating profit  
before exceptional items
Operating profit before exceptional items 
was £52.3 million (FY18: £49.6 million), 
reflecting an operating margin of 14.0% 
(FY18: 13.7%).

Exceptional items
An exceptional charge of £2.6 million 
was recorded in the year. This related 
to the cost of compensating our new 
CEO, Richard Simpson, for forfeiting 
outstanding incentives he held in respect 
of his former employer, Unite Group plc 
(“Unite”). The charge comprises a cash 
cost of £0.4 million in respect of forfeiting 
his 2018 Unite bonus and a non-cash cost 
of £2.2 million, in respect of forfeiting his 
outstanding 2015–2017 Unite LTIP awards. 
More information can be found in the 
Remuneration Committee report on pages 
68 to 72.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 46 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

FINANCIAL  
REVIEW continued

Our cash balance increased 
by £9.0 million to £115.6 million.

Exceptional items continued 
In FY18, the Group recorded exceptional 
income of £4.3 million. This resulted from 
Curlew Student Trust’s sale of a portfolio 
of assets, and the subsequent reduction 
in scope and early termination of FPG’s 
contracts to manage the majority of these 
assets. Of this, £3.0 million was received 
as compensation for the reduction in scope 
and early termination of the management 
contracts. The Group also holds a carried 
interest in the Curlew Student Trust and 
made an exceptional profit of £1.3 million 
on the portfolio sale.

Share of profit in joint ventures
The Group’s share of profit in joint ventures 
was £0.3 million (FY18: £1.0 million). 
The most significant of the Group’s 
joint ventures are those with Lacuna 
Developments Limited, which allowed 
us to develop student accommodation 
sites in Belfast. These developments are 
now complete.

Finance costs
Our finance costs are primarily fees 
associated with the availability of our 
revolving credit facility (“RCF”) with HSBC, 
and the interest cost of the loans we have 
with Svenska Handelsbanken AB (see 
bank facilities below). The net finance 
cost for the year was £0.3 million, down 
from £0.7 million in FY18, as a result of the 
Group’s strong cash position at the start of 
the year.

Profit before tax
Profit before tax for the year amounted to 
£49.7 million (FY18: £54.3 million). Adjusted 
profit before tax, which excludes the 
impact of exceptional items, increased 
by £2.2 million to £52.3 million (FY18: 
£50.1 million).

Taxation
The corporation tax charge was £9.4 million 
(FY18: £10.1 million). The effective tax rate 
of 19.0% (FY18: 18.7%) was in line with the 
UK corporation tax rate of 19%. Information 
on our tax strategy can be found in the 
Investor section of our website,  
www.watkinjonesplc.com

Cash flows

Continuing operations
Operating profit before exceptional items
Exceptional items
Depreciation and amortisation
(Increase)/decrease in working capital
Finance costs paid
Tax paid
Net cash inflow from operating activities
(Purchase)/disposal of fixed assets
Cash flow from joint venture interests
Cash flow from other financial assets
Dividends paid
Cash flow from borrowings
Increase in cash
Cash at beginning of year
Cash at end of year
Less: borrowings
Net cash

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share from continuing 
operations were 15.8 pence (FY18: 
17.3 pence). Adjusted basic earnings per 
share, which exclude the impact of the 
exceptional items discussed above,  
were 16.7 pence (FY18: 16.0 pence).

Dividends
The Board has recommended a final 
dividend of 5.6 pence per share, giving 
a total dividend for the year of 8.35 pence. 
The cash cost of the final dividend will 
be £14.3 million.

At 30 September 2019, the Company had 
distributable reserves of £115.1 million 
available to pay the final dividend.

More information on our dividends for the 
year and our dividend policy can be found 
in the Chairman’s statement on pages 
08 and 09.

FY19 
£m
52.3
(0.4)
1.4
(25.4)
(0.5)
(9.8)
17.6
(0.3)
—
0.2
(20.1)
11.6
9.0
106.6
115.6
(38.8)
76.8

FY18
£m
49.6
4.3
1.3
11.3
(1.0)
(11.1)
54.4
(0.3)
1.6
1.4
(17.5)
1.7
41.3
65.3
106.6
(26.4)
80.2

EBITDA
EBITDA is an important measure of our 
underlying performance. It is calculated 
as operating profit plus profit from joint 
ventures, before interest, tax, depreciation 
and amortisation.

EBITDA decreased by 8.8% to £51.4 
million (FY18: £56.3 million). Adjusted 
EBITDA, which excludes exceptional items, 
increased by 3.6% to £53.9 million (FY18: 
£52.0 million), representing an adjusted 
EBITDA margin of 14.4% (FY18: 14.3%).

Statement of financial position
At the year end, inventory and work in 
progress was £134.2 million, largely 
unchanged from the £132.8 million at 
30 September 2018, and reflects the 
investment in the year in the BtR site at 
Brighton & Hove (£14.8 million) and in 
work in progress associated with a PBSA 
development on Liverpool Road in Chester 
(£9.5 million), which has been sold on 
a forward commitment basis, offset by 
sales of the Bournemouth and Sutton BtR 
development sites for which £21.9 million 
was held in inventory and work in progress 
at 30 September 2018.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

47

Contract assets and trade and other 
receivables were £39.1 million at 
30 September 2019, up by £12.1 million 
(30 September 2018: £27.0 million). 
The increase was primarily in respect 
of amounts receivable on forward-sold 
developments which are not yet 
contractually due, mainly final payments 
which will be due on practical completion.

Contract liabilities and trade and other 
payables stood at £85.7 million at the year 
end, a decrease of £13.4 million from the 
£99.1 million at 30 September 2018. The 
decrease is primarily in respect of amounts 
received in advance on forward-sold 
developments, which were £9.2 million 
lower at 30 September 2019.

Cash flows
The Group’s forward sale business model 
contributes to good cash generation. 
The net cash flow from operating activities 
in the year was £17.6 million (FY18: 
£54.4 million).

Cash generation in FY19 was affected by 
the working capital movements referred 
to above and by the deal structure for the 
sale of the PBSA development on Liverpool 
Road in Chester. Consideration for this 
sale will be received on handover of the 
development during FY20. While this has 
produced a better commercial outcome for 
us when compared with a typical forward 
sale, it did reduce cash flow in FY19 by 
approximately £16.0 million versus the cash 
that a forward sale would have generated.

Operating cash flow in FY18 benefited from 
a receipt of £38.8 million from the forward 
sale of four PBSA development sites on 
30 September 2018.

Dividends paid in the year amounted 
to £20.1 million (FY18: £17.5 million). 
Corporation tax payments totalled 
£9.8 million (FY18: £11.1 million).

At the year end, we had a gross 
cash balance of £115.6 million and 
borrowings of £38.8 million, resulting 
in a net cash position of £76.8 million. 
At 30 September 2018, we had net cash of 
£80.2 million, after deducting borrowings of 
£26.4 million from a gross cash balance of 
£106.6 million.

The Group’s cash balance typically peaks 
around the year end, as in the last weeks 
of the financial year we receive the final 
payments on student accommodation 
developments completing ahead of the 
new academic year, as well as the initial 
proceeds from the latest forward sales.

The Group is then a net user of cash 
until the following year end, as a result 
of outflows such as tax and dividend 
payments, overhead costs and land 
purchases. We therefore see the cash 
balance at the year end as an appropriate 
level for funding our day-to-day cash 
requirements and to put the Group in a 
strong position when bidding for new sites.

Bank facilities
Our bank facilities comprise a five-year 
RCF and a £10 million on-demand working 
capital facility, both with HSBC Bank 
plc. During the year, we increased the 
RCF from £40 million to £60 million, to 
give us further capacity to support our 
growth. The maturity date for the RCF 
was unchanged, with the facility expiring 
on 15 March 2021.

The RCF is available to support our 
land procurement and development 
opportunities and can be used for strategic 
land acquisitions or to fund discrete 
development activities, primarily the 
residential or commercial elements of 
certain larger mixed-use developments, 
alongside the forward sale model.

At the year end, we had drawn 
£32.1 million against the RCF 
(30 September 2018: £17.4 million) and 
the working capital facility was undrawn. 
We therefore had total headroom within 
our facilities of £37.9 million.

The Group also has loan facilities with 
Svenska Handelsbanken AB, which 
are used to fund our operating build to 
rent stock in Sheffield and Droylsden. 
These facilities run to March 2022. 
The outstanding balance at the year end 
was £5.5 million (30 September 2018: 
£7.3 million).

Implementation of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
FY20 will be the first year in which the 
Group is required to adopt IFRS 16, which 
covers lease accounting and will have a 
material impact on the Group’s financial 
statements. The date of initial application 
for the Group will be 1 October 2019. 
In the past, the Group has sold a small 
number of student developments subject to 
operating leasebacks, equivalent to rental 
guarantees. These transaction structures 
were utilised in selected instances and 
reflected market conditions at that time. 
Since 2016 the Group has operated 
exclusively on a non-leaseback model, 
which it expects to maintain going forward. 
These, together with leases for the rental 
of office space and vehicles, must now be 
accounted for in the statement of financial 
position in accordance with IFRS 16. 

The impact will be to recognise a 
right-of-use asset of c.£132 million, 
a deferred tax asset of c.£3 million 
and a lease liability of c.£150 million. 
The difference between the right-of-use 
asset, deferred tax asset and lease liability 
of c.£15 million will be reflected as a 
reduction in shareholders’ equity.

For FY20 we estimate that the effect of 
adopting IFRS 16 on our earnings will be 
to reduce operating lease costs, currently 
charged to cost of sales and administrative 
expenses, by approximately £11.2 million 
and to increase depreciation by £8.5 million 
and finance costs by £4.5 million. This will 
reduce profit before tax by approximately 
£1.8 million in FY20, but will increase 
EBITDA by approximately £11.2 million. 

In adopting IFRS 16, we will restate 
the prior reporting periods in order to 
ensure comparability of results and 
performance, given the materiality of 
the amounts involved. 

More information can be found in note 5 
to the financial statements on pages 90 
and 91.

Philip Byrom
Chief Financial Officer

13 January 2020

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 48 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

RISK MANAGEMENT  
AND PRINCIPAL RISKS

The effective management of risk is essential 
to the successful delivery of our strategy.

The Audit Committee reviews the risk 
register as part of its regular meetings. 
The reviews include:

•  any substantial changes to the principal 
risks, including new or emerging risks;

•  material changes to the control 

frameworks in place;

•  changes in risk scores;

•  changes in risk appetite; and

•  progress with any additional mitigating 

actions which have been agreed.

The Audit Committee also provides 
appropriate challenge to the effectiveness 
of mitigating controls, including the review 
and testing of mitigating controls for 
selected risks by KPMG as part of the 
annual internal audit plan.

Risk management process
The Board has established a formal risk 
management process, under which it 
identifies, evaluates and monitors the 
principal risks facing the Group and 
the effectiveness of the controls and 
procedures in place to mitigate against 
them. This includes:

•  the Board’s approval of a detailed 

corporate risk register, which 
identifies the principal risks and is 
prepared and kept under review by 
the Risk Committee, which meets 
monthly as a sub-committee of the 
Executive Committee;

•  the review of assurance and information 
about the management of those risks, 
including specific reviews carried out 
by KPMG as our outsourced internal 
audit provider;

•  an assessment of the Group’s risk 

appetite for particular categories of 
risk, as a basis against which to assess 
whether the principal risks are being 
mitigated against to an acceptable level.

Risk categories and risk appetite
Appropriate risk categories for the Group 
have been identified into which the 
principal risks can be allocated. Against 
each of these risk categories the Board 
has considered the level of risk it is willing 
to accept in order to achieve the Group’s 
business objectives. We have no appetite 
for risk in relation to health and safety 
matters, whereas we have a moderate 
risk appetite in relation to our people and 
technology, where we are making changes 
to the way we work in order to enable us to 
deliver future growth and create the future 
for living. The risk categories are listed 
below together with the assessed risk 
appetite.

Risk category 

Strategic 

Financial 

Operational 

People 

Risk appetite

Cautious

Averse – cautious

Cautious

Moderate

Regulatory and compliance 

Cautious

Technology 

Health and safety 

Moderate

Averse

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

49

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Heat map
The heat map summarises our exposure 
to our principal risks by considering the 
likelihood of a risk event occurring and its 
potential impact on the Group. It shows the 
gross risk assessment before mitigating 
factors and controls are taken into account 
and the net risk assessment after taking 
into account relevant mitigating factors and 
controls. The ovals on the heat map show 
the Board’s appetite for risk for each risk 
category, with the aim that after taking into 
account mitigating factors and controls, the 
net risk is reduced to a level that sits within 
or below the Board’s appetite for risk. 

The principal risks and risk appetite have 
been assessed using the following scoring 
matrix.

Likelihood 

Score 

Impact  Score

Highly probable 

Probable 

Possible 

Unlikely 

Remote 

5 

4 

Extreme 

Major 

3  Moderate 

2 

Minor 

1  Insignificant 

5

4

3

2

1

Principal risks
A principal risk is a risk that is considered 
material to the delivery of the Group’s 
strategy or its performance, position or 
future prospects. The Board through 
the Audit Committee has undertaken a 
robust review of the principal risks facing 
the Group. The principal risks which the 
Board considers are relevant to the Group 
are summarised by risk category and 
considered more fully on pages 50 to 57.

Using the above matrix, the gross and net 
risk assessment score for a principal risk is 
the product of the assessed likelihood and 
impact scores.

Principal risk:

01. Economic cycle

02. Investor appetite

03. Increased competition

04. Capital structure

05. Land availability

06. Planning environment

07. Cash flow

08. Financial crime 

09. Cyber crime

10. Project delivery 

Risk category:

Strategic

Strategic

Strategic

Strategic

Strategic

Strategic

Financial

Financial

Financial

Operational

11. Disaster recovery and business continuity

Operational

12. Culture

13. Capacity and capability 

People

People

14. Failure to comply with legislation

Regulatory and compliance

15. Health and safety

Health and safety

N

G

G

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

G

G

G

G

G

N

N

N

N

G

G

G

G

G

G

G

G

Key:  Risk appetite  Gross risk score = G  Net risk score = N

Risk appetite
Risk score

1

2

Averse
3
4

5

6

8

Cautious
10

9

Moderate
15
16

High

20

25

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

RISK MANAGEMENT  
AND PRINCIPAL RISKS continued

Risk

Strategic

Impact

Risk  
assessment

Gross

Net

Within risk 

appetite?

Mitigation

01. Economic cycle
Changes in the political/economic 
cycle could have an impact on the 
real estate market and investor 
confidence.

Link to business model:

A downturn in the economic cycle and 
loss of investor confidence in the student 
accommodation or BtR markets could have 
a significant impact on our ability to forward 
sell our developments. An increase in required 
investment yields would result in compression of 
development values, impacting our margins and 
cash requirements.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

5

4

20

4

3

12

02. Investor appetite
The Group’s target market 
sectors could become less 
attractive to investors.

Link to business model:

A change in investor sentiment could reduce 
demand for our developments and therefore 
restrict the number of schemes which the 
Group can forward sell each year. Investor 
yield requirements could increase, leading to a 
reduction in development values, impacting the 
Group’s margins and cash requirements. The 
resultant loss in shareholder confidence and 
impact on our share price could be significant.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

03. Increased competition
The PBSA and build to rent 
markets are attractive, which could 
encourage new entrants and result 
in increased competition.

Increased competition could increase land 
prices or make it harder to secure attractive 
sites. More developments would be brought to 
market, with a potential reduction in demand 
for Watkin Jones’s schemes.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

Link to business model:

04. Capital structure
The Group’s capital structure may 
be inadequate in supporting the 
future growth of the business.

The Group could be constrained in its ability 
to secure the new sites required to support 
its growth strategy, limiting its capacity to 
grow earnings.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

Link to business model:

3

4

12

3

3

9

3

3

9

2

3

6

2

2

4

2

3

6

Key

Site procurement  
and planning

Transaction  
and funding

Construction  
and delivery

Accommodation  
management

Yes

•  Our strategy is to focus on our core student accommodation and BtR markets which remain fundamentally 

attractive and are generally seen by institutional investors as resilient during times of broader market uncertainty.

•  The Executive Committee approves market and city target locations annually.

•  Our three-stage Investment Committee approval process ensures rigorous review of site acquisitions, 

including the downside risk of movements in development values.

•  Site acquisitions above £15 million are subject to approval by the Board, who consider the papers reviewed 

by the Investment Committee.

•  Our business model means we generally forward sell our development sites to institutional investors before 

any significant development works have been carried out. Consequently, we have limited direct exposure to 

•  By forward selling our developments we operate a working capital-light model, which limits the call on the 

•  By maintaining a forward sold pipeline of deliveries for two to three years ahead, it provides the Group with 

the impact of falling real estate values.

Group’s own cash. 

time to respond to market changes.

•  By acquiring sites on a subject to satisfactory planning basis, we are able to maintain good visibility and 

control over the Group’s land acquisition commitments, which helps manage the Group’s cash requirements.

Yes

•  Through adopting our business model of forward selling developments, the Group is insulated to a degree 

as this provides additional time to respond to changes in investor sentiment in relation to the demand for our 

developments. 

•  Our site evaluation and approval process has clear selection criteria to ensure a focus on acquiring 

sites in target cities and locations that are more attractive than the location of existing stock, so that 

occupier demand should be strong.

•  The Group’s business model is to develop for institutionally owned, professionally managed clients. 

The tighter regulation of the residential lettings market and fiscal headwinds facing smaller landlords 

could prove beneficial to our clients.

•  Through focusing on the core student accommodation and BtR markets the Group operates in two markets 

that management has analysed and assessed as having significant unsatisfied demand, reducing the risk of 

them becoming less attractive to investors.

Yes

•  The Group has developed the services that it offers such that it provides an end-to-end service for its clients. 

This provides a competitive advantage and is also a barrier to entry.

•  Watkin Jones is recognised as a “tier 1” developer, which is typically a requirement for institutional funds to 

engage on a forward sale basis.

•  The Group has built up economies of scale and has established subcontractor supply chains and delivery 

expertise, all of which makes it harder for new entrants to compete.

•  Our strategy of focusing on the core student accommodation and BtR markets means we operate in two 

markets where the overall supply of new stock is low.

•  The Group’s management team monitors the competitive landscape in order to identify and respond to changes.

Yes

•  The Group operates a business model under which it forward sells its developments. This limits the amount 

of cash the Group must commit to each scheme.

•  Our site procurement and planning model means that we secure most of our sites on the basis of achieving 

satisfactory planning. This enables the Group to control its cash requirements and, where possible, structure 

the acquisition such that it is back-to-back with an onwards forward sale.

•  In the unlikely event of the Group experiencing capital constraints, its site procurement model also provides 

the option of slowing down land procurement, thereby mitigating the impact.

•  The Group maintains additional sources of liquidity through agreed banking facilities. These currently include 

a £60 million revolving credit facility and a £10 million overdraft facility. Furthermore, the Group operates with 

a positive cash balance day-to-day.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

51

Risk  

assessment

Gross

Net

Within risk 
appetite?

Mitigation

Yes

•  Our strategy is to focus on our core student accommodation and BtR markets which remain fundamentally 

attractive and are generally seen by institutional investors as resilient during times of broader market uncertainty.

•  The Executive Committee approves market and city target locations annually.

•  Our three-stage Investment Committee approval process ensures rigorous review of site acquisitions, 

including the downside risk of movements in development values.

•  Site acquisitions above £15 million are subject to approval by the Board, who consider the papers reviewed 

by the Investment Committee.

•  Our business model means we generally forward sell our development sites to institutional investors before 
any significant development works have been carried out. Consequently, we have limited direct exposure to 
the impact of falling real estate values.

•  By forward selling our developments we operate a working capital-light model, which limits the call on the 

Group’s own cash. 

•  By maintaining a forward sold pipeline of deliveries for two to three years ahead, it provides the Group with 

time to respond to market changes.

•  By acquiring sites on a subject to satisfactory planning basis, we are able to maintain good visibility and 

control over the Group’s land acquisition commitments, which helps manage the Group’s cash requirements.

A change in investor sentiment could reduce 

Likelihood

Yes

•  Through adopting our business model of forward selling developments, the Group is insulated to a degree 

as this provides additional time to respond to changes in investor sentiment in relation to the demand for our 
developments. 

•  Our site evaluation and approval process has clear selection criteria to ensure a focus on acquiring 
sites in target cities and locations that are more attractive than the location of existing stock, so that 
occupier demand should be strong.

•  The Group’s business model is to develop for institutionally owned, professionally managed clients. 
The tighter regulation of the residential lettings market and fiscal headwinds facing smaller landlords 
could prove beneficial to our clients.

•  Through focusing on the core student accommodation and BtR markets the Group operates in two markets 
that management has analysed and assessed as having significant unsatisfied demand, reducing the risk of 
them becoming less attractive to investors.

Yes

•  The Group has developed the services that it offers such that it provides an end-to-end service for its clients. 

This provides a competitive advantage and is also a barrier to entry.

•  Watkin Jones is recognised as a “tier 1” developer, which is typically a requirement for institutional funds to 

engage on a forward sale basis.

•  The Group has built up economies of scale and has established subcontractor supply chains and delivery 

expertise, all of which makes it harder for new entrants to compete.

•  Our strategy of focusing on the core student accommodation and BtR markets means we operate in two 

markets where the overall supply of new stock is low.

•  The Group’s management team monitors the competitive landscape in order to identify and respond to changes.

Yes

•  The Group operates a business model under which it forward sells its developments. This limits the amount 

of cash the Group must commit to each scheme.

•  Our site procurement and planning model means that we secure most of our sites on the basis of achieving 

satisfactory planning. This enables the Group to control its cash requirements and, where possible, structure 
the acquisition such that it is back-to-back with an onwards forward sale.

•  In the unlikely event of the Group experiencing capital constraints, its site procurement model also provides 

the option of slowing down land procurement, thereby mitigating the impact.

•  The Group maintains additional sources of liquidity through agreed banking facilities. These currently include 
a £60 million revolving credit facility and a £10 million overdraft facility. Furthermore, the Group operates with 
a positive cash balance day-to-day.

Risk

Strategic

Impact

01. Economic cycle

Changes in the political/economic 

cycle could have an impact on the 

real estate market and investor 

confidence.

Link to business model:

A downturn in the economic cycle and 

loss of investor confidence in the student 

accommodation or BtR markets could have 

a significant impact on our ability to forward 

sell our developments. An increase in required 

investment yields would result in compression of 

development values, impacting our margins and 

cash requirements.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

5

4

20

4

3

12

02. Investor appetite

The Group’s target market 

sectors could become less 

attractive to investors.

Link to business model:

demand for our developments and therefore 

restrict the number of schemes which the 

Group can forward sell each year. Investor 

yield requirements could increase, leading to a 

reduction in development values, impacting the 

Group’s margins and cash requirements. The 

resultant loss in shareholder confidence and 

impact on our share price could be significant.

Impact

Risk score

03. Increased competition

The PBSA and build to rent 

markets are attractive, which could 

encourage new entrants and result 

in increased competition.

Increased competition could increase land 

Likelihood

prices or make it harder to secure attractive 

sites. More developments would be brought to 

market, with a potential reduction in demand 

for Watkin Jones’s schemes.

Impact

Risk score

Link to business model:

04. Capital structure

The Group could be constrained in its ability 

Likelihood

The Group’s capital structure may 

be inadequate in supporting the 

future growth of the business.

to secure the new sites required to support 

its growth strategy, limiting its capacity to 

grow earnings.

Impact

Risk score

Link to business model:

3

4

12

3

3

9

3

3

9

2

3

6

2

2

4

2

3

6

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

RISK MANAGEMENT  
AND PRINCIPAL RISKS continued

Risk

Impact

Risk  
assessment

Gross

Net

Within risk 

appetite?

Mitigation

Strategic continued

05. Land availability

Link to business model:

An inadequate supply of available land 
would inhibit the Group’s ability to deliver its 
growth strategy or could increase the risk of 
acquiring sites in less attractive locations or at 
higher prices.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

Difficulty or delay in obtaining planning consents 
could impact the Group’s target delivery 
programme and potentially inhibit its ability 
to achieve growth, impacting on the Group’s 
earnings performance.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

06. Planning environment
There is a risk that the planning 
environment may become more 
onerous, making it more difficult 
to secure the planning consents 
we require. BtR does not currently 
have its own planning use class, 
which may make it potentially more 
difficult to secure consents in this 
core sector.

Link to business model:

Financial

07. Cash flow
Cash flow constraints could mean 
that the Group is unable to meet its 
financial commitments or source 
new land opportunities.

Cash flow constraints could lead to an 
over-dependence on banking facilities, leading 
to an increase in borrowing costs, and could limit 
the Group’s ability to source new sites, with a 
resultant impact on future profitability.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

Link to business model:

08. Financial crime
The Group may be unable to 
prevent or detect financial crime.

Financial crime could lead to financial loss, 
breach of regulations, regulatory censure/fines 
and loss of reputation.

Link to business model:

None

09. Cyber crime
The Group may be unable to 
prevent, detect or respond to 
a cyber attack.

Link to business model:

None

Key

A cyber attack could lead to financial loss, 
breach of regulations, regulatory censure/fines 
and loss of reputation.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

3

4

12

3

4

12

3

4

12

3

4

12

4

4

16

3

3

9

2

3

6

2

3

6

3

2

6

3

4

12

Site procurement  
and planning

Transaction  
and funding

Construction  
and delivery

Accommodation  
management

Yes

•  The Group has an established land sourcing capability and where possible targets off-market opportunities, 

which helps mitigate against any increased competition for land.

•  Through its strong track record of the successful delivery of schemes, the Group has a good reputation in the 

market for being a reliable purchaser of land.

•  Our site evaluation and approval process incorporate macro and micro market analysis and viability 

assessments to ensure that the Group’s land sourcing is targeted in the right locations.

•  The Group has the capital resources available to commit to opportunities as they become available, which also 

provides vendors with increased confidence that it will complete an acquisition.

Yes

•  We have an established national planning resource which appraises each PBSA and BtR site opportunity from a 

risk and compliance perspective, with a view to securing planning consent. This appraisal process includes high 

level consideration of emerging/developing policies at a local authority level and their risk to the Group.

•  We cross check our internal planning appraisals with local, external consultants to further ensure local planning 

policy and design considerations are taken into account.

•  Our three-stage Investment Committee approval process ensures rigorous review of site acquisitions, including 

planning consent consideration.

•  We do not normally progress site acquisitions other than those with satisfactory and viable planning 

applications and so the risk of an increasingly onerous planning regime would have minimal effect in the short 

to medium term.

Yes

•  Our business model of forward selling developments helps to reduce the Group’s cash requirements 

significantly.

•  Through typically structuring site acquisitions such that they are conditional upon obtaining satisfactory 

planning, the cost of site acquisitions is generally known several months in advance. This provides management 

with good visibility of future commitments and enables the Group to manage its cash flow requirements. 

•  Regular cash flow forecasts are prepared, which are reviewed by the Chief Financial Officer.

•  The Group held cash of £115.6 million at 30 September 2019 and has agreed adequate banking facilities, 

including a £60 million revolving credit facility and a £10 million overdraft facility.

Yes

•  We operate layers of authorisation checks within the Group’s business processes, in accordance with a 

delegated authorities matrix.

•  We ensure segregation of duties within our ordering, approvals and payments processes.

•  We determine development prices on a negotiated basis, providing little opportunity for price-fixing.

•  Senior management takes an active role in reviewing transactions and ensuring that procedures are followed.

No

•  The Group has achieved the Cyber Essentials certification.

•  We undertake data information security training annually.

•  We undertake information security control monitoring over IT access permissions.

•  We maintain daily incremental server backups.

•  We undertake vulnerability scanning.

•  Further mitigating actions are currently being taken in order to reduce the net risk assessment  

to within our risk appetite.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

53

Risk

Impact

Risk  

assessment

Gross

Net

Within risk 
appetite?

Mitigation

Yes

•  The Group has an established land sourcing capability and where possible targets off-market opportunities, 

which helps mitigate against any increased competition for land.

06. Planning environment

Difficulty or delay in obtaining planning consents 

Likelihood

Yes

could impact the Group’s target delivery 

programme and potentially inhibit its ability 

to achieve growth, impacting on the Group’s 

earnings performance.

Impact

Risk score

•  Through its strong track record of the successful delivery of schemes, the Group has a good reputation in the 

market for being a reliable purchaser of land.

•  Our site evaluation and approval process incorporate macro and micro market analysis and viability 

assessments to ensure that the Group’s land sourcing is targeted in the right locations.

•  The Group has the capital resources available to commit to opportunities as they become available, which also 

provides vendors with increased confidence that it will complete an acquisition.

•  We have an established national planning resource which appraises each PBSA and BtR site opportunity from a 
risk and compliance perspective, with a view to securing planning consent. This appraisal process includes high 
level consideration of emerging/developing policies at a local authority level and their risk to the Group.

•  We cross check our internal planning appraisals with local, external consultants to further ensure local planning 

policy and design considerations are taken into account.

•  Our three-stage Investment Committee approval process ensures rigorous review of site acquisitions, including 

planning consent consideration.

•  We do not normally progress site acquisitions other than those with satisfactory and viable planning 

applications and so the risk of an increasingly onerous planning regime would have minimal effect in the short 
to medium term.

Yes

•  Our business model of forward selling developments helps to reduce the Group’s cash requirements 

significantly.

•  Through typically structuring site acquisitions such that they are conditional upon obtaining satisfactory 

planning, the cost of site acquisitions is generally known several months in advance. This provides management 
with good visibility of future commitments and enables the Group to manage its cash flow requirements. 

•  Regular cash flow forecasts are prepared, which are reviewed by the Chief Financial Officer.

•  The Group held cash of £115.6 million at 30 September 2019 and has agreed adequate banking facilities, 

including a £60 million revolving credit facility and a £10 million overdraft facility.

Yes

•  We operate layers of authorisation checks within the Group’s business processes, in accordance with a 

delegated authorities matrix.

•  We ensure segregation of duties within our ordering, approvals and payments processes.

•  We determine development prices on a negotiated basis, providing little opportunity for price-fixing.

•  Senior management takes an active role in reviewing transactions and ensuring that procedures are followed.

No

•  The Group has achieved the Cyber Essentials certification.

•  We undertake data information security training annually.

•  We undertake information security control monitoring over IT access permissions.

•  We maintain daily incremental server backups.

•  We undertake vulnerability scanning.

•  Further mitigating actions are currently being taken in order to reduce the net risk assessment  

to within our risk appetite.

Strategic continued

05. Land availability

Link to business model:

An inadequate supply of available land 

would inhibit the Group’s ability to deliver its 

growth strategy or could increase the risk of 

acquiring sites in less attractive locations or at 

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

higher prices.

There is a risk that the planning 

environment may become more 

onerous, making it more difficult 

to secure the planning consents 

we require. BtR does not currently 

have its own planning use class, 

which may make it potentially more 

difficult to secure consents in this 

core sector.

Link to business model:

Financial

07. Cash flow

Cash flow constraints could mean 

that the Group is unable to meet its 

financial commitments or source 

new land opportunities.

Link to business model:

Link to business model:

None

None

09. Cyber crime

The Group may be unable to 

prevent, detect or respond to 

a cyber attack.

Link to business model:

Cash flow constraints could lead to an 

over-dependence on banking facilities, leading 

to an increase in borrowing costs, and could limit 

the Group’s ability to source new sites, with a 

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

resultant impact on future profitability.

08. Financial crime

Financial crime could lead to financial loss, 

Likelihood

The Group may be unable to 

prevent or detect financial crime.

breach of regulations, regulatory censure/fines 

and loss of reputation.

Impact

Risk score

A cyber attack could lead to financial loss, 

Likelihood

breach of regulations, regulatory censure/fines 

and loss of reputation.

Impact

Risk score

3

4

12

3

4

12

3

4

12

3

4

12

4

4

16

3

3

9

2

3

6

2

3

6

3

2

6

3

4

12

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

RISK MANAGEMENT  
AND PRINCIPAL RISKS continued

Impact

Risk  
assessment

Gross

Net

Within risk 

appetite?

Mitigation

Risk

Operational

10. Project delivery
The Group could materially 
fail to complete one or more 
developments on time.

Link to business model:

•  Transaction and funding

•  Construction and delivery

11. Disaster recovery 
and business continuity
There is a risk that business 
continuity is not maintained in 
response to a disaster or other 
business continuity event.

Link to business model:

If a development is not completed on time, 
this could result in significant financial penalties 
and would damage the Group’s reputation for 
on-time delivery, which could make it more 
difficult to sell future developments.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

Failing to maintain business continuity could 
lead to financial loss, a delay to the delivery 
of schemes or loss of personnel.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

People

12. Culture
The Group’s culture and 
organisational design may inhibit 
future growth.

A failure to address any cultural and 
organisational limitations in the business will 
restrict the Group’s ability to achieve its growth 
potential and limit shareholder value creation.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

Link to business model:

13. Capacity and capability
The Group may find it difficult to 
recruit and retain employees with 
the right capabilities.

Link to business model:

The Group’s employees are critical to its 
performance. The failure to identify, retain and 
motivate people will restrict the Group’s growth 
plans and could result in development margins 
being eroded.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

5

4

20

4

4

16

5

3

15

5

4

20

3

3

9

3

4

12

3

3

9

3

4

12

Yes

•  The Group’s specialism in, and extensive experience of, building multi-occupancy residential accommodation 

means that our construction programming and techniques are well established to ensure on-time delivery.

•  The senior construction management team has many years’ repeat experience with the Group in building 

multi-occupancy residential accommodation, which gives us a good practical knowledge of the required build 

times and project management requirements.

•  As a complete developer of PBSA and BtR, the Group is in control of the overall timescale for delivery of a 

scheme and we can therefore ensure that projects are started on site sufficiently early. The Group can take 

the decision to defer a project for a year if there are planning delays.

•  Project delivery is carefully monitored by operational senior management and through project status reporting 

at operational and Executive Committee meetings.

•  Projects identified as at risk are subject to review by senior operational management, who have the 

knowledge to consider acceleration options.

Yes

•  The Group’s activities are geographically dispersed and there is no dependence on a single location.

•  A business disaster recovery plan is in place for the Group’s key information systems.

•  There are system data backup routines in operation with a lot of data hosted off-site using 

cloud-based platforms.

Yes

•  We have introduced a new organisational structure and operating model which has been designed, in part, 

with a view to facilitating behaviours that are closely aligned to the Group’s growth strategy.

•  A steering group of senior executives has been set up to track and monitor the implementation of the new 

operating model.

•  The Group has appointed an external business coach to work with members of the senior leadership team 

to help further develop a positive workplace culture.

•  A Head of Learning & Leadership Development has been appointed and is charged with focusing on talent 

management and associated training.

Yes

•  The Group has an established human resources function with frameworks in place for recruitment, training 

and performance review.

•  During FY19, a Head of Learning & Leadership Development has been appointed with a focus on improving 

the Group’s talent management framework and associated training.

•  The Group seeks to remain competitive in its remuneration levels and employment terms.

Key

Site procurement  
and planning

Transaction  
and funding

Construction  
and delivery

Accommodation  
management

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

55

Impact

Risk  

assessment

Gross

Net

Within risk 
appetite?

Mitigation

If a development is not completed on time, 

Likelihood

this could result in significant financial penalties 

and would damage the Group’s reputation for 

on-time delivery, which could make it more 

difficult to sell future developments.

Impact

Risk score

Failing to maintain business continuity could 

Likelihood

lead to financial loss, a delay to the delivery 

of schemes or loss of personnel.

Impact

Risk score

Yes

•  The Group’s specialism in, and extensive experience of, building multi-occupancy residential accommodation 
means that our construction programming and techniques are well established to ensure on-time delivery.

•  The senior construction management team has many years’ repeat experience with the Group in building 

multi-occupancy residential accommodation, which gives us a good practical knowledge of the required build 
times and project management requirements.

•  As a complete developer of PBSA and BtR, the Group is in control of the overall timescale for delivery of a 
scheme and we can therefore ensure that projects are started on site sufficiently early. The Group can take 
the decision to defer a project for a year if there are planning delays.

•  Project delivery is carefully monitored by operational senior management and through project status reporting 

at operational and Executive Committee meetings.

•  Projects identified as at risk are subject to review by senior operational management, who have the 

knowledge to consider acceleration options.

Yes

•  The Group’s activities are geographically dispersed and there is no dependence on a single location.

•  A business disaster recovery plan is in place for the Group’s key information systems.

•  There are system data backup routines in operation with a lot of data hosted off-site using 

cloud-based platforms.

A failure to address any cultural and 

organisational limitations in the business will 

restrict the Group’s ability to achieve its growth 

potential and limit shareholder value creation.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

Yes

•  We have introduced a new organisational structure and operating model which has been designed, in part, 

with a view to facilitating behaviours that are closely aligned to the Group’s growth strategy.

•  A steering group of senior executives has been set up to track and monitor the implementation of the new 

operating model.

•  The Group has appointed an external business coach to work with members of the senior leadership team 

to help further develop a positive workplace culture.

•  A Head of Learning & Leadership Development has been appointed and is charged with focusing on talent 

management and associated training.

13. Capacity and capability

The Group’s employees are critical to its 

The Group may find it difficult to 

recruit and retain employees with 

the right capabilities.

performance. The failure to identify, retain and 

motivate people will restrict the Group’s growth 

plans and could result in development margins 

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

Link to business model:

being eroded.

Yes

•  The Group has an established human resources function with frameworks in place for recruitment, training 

and performance review.

•  During FY19, a Head of Learning & Leadership Development has been appointed with a focus on improving 

the Group’s talent management framework and associated training.

•  The Group seeks to remain competitive in its remuneration levels and employment terms.

Risk

Operational

10. Project delivery

The Group could materially 

fail to complete one or more 

developments on time.

Link to business model:

•  Transaction and funding

•  Construction and delivery

11. Disaster recovery 

and business continuity

There is a risk that business 

continuity is not maintained in 

response to a disaster or other 

business continuity event.

Link to business model:

People

12. Culture

The Group’s culture and 

organisational design may inhibit 

future growth.

Link to business model:

5

4

20

4

4

16

5

3

15

5

4

20

3

3

9

3

4

12

3

3

9

3

4

12

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

RISK MANAGEMENT  
AND PRINCIPAL RISKS continued

Risk

Impact

Risk  
assessment

Gross

Net

Within risk 

appetite?

Mitigation

Regulatory and compliance

14. Failure to comply with 
legislation
The Group is subject to a broad 
range of regulatory and compliance 
requirements, which it may fail to 
comply with. Health and safety, 
GDPR, anti-bribery, anti-modern 
slavery, AIM and MAR regulations 
all provide obligations on the 
Company, which need to be 
complied with.

Link to business model:

None

Health and safety

15. Health and safety
By their nature, construction 
sites are inherently high-risk 
environments. There is a risk that a 
failure to follow established health 
and safety procedures could result 
in serious incident or fatality.

Link to business model:

A failure to comply with the relevant legislation 
may lead to fines or financial penalties and 
reputational damage, which may impact 
the Group’s earnings performance and may 
impact investor/shareholder confidence. In the 
case of health and safety, a failure to comply 
with regulations could result in serious incident 
or fatality.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

5

4

20

3

4

12

A major on-site health and safety incident 
could result in a significant fine or financial 
cost, increased insurance renewal premiums, 
damage to reputation and potential project delay.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

5

4

20

2

3

6

Yes

•  The Board and Executive Committee take their governance obligations seriously and set the right tone and 

•  Policies and procedures are well embedded in the organisation to ensure compliance with, and monitor 

culture for the organisation as a whole.

performance against, relevant legislation.

•  We operate with an established and experienced health and safety department which fosters a pro-active 

approach to health and safety throughout the Group, monitors compliance through regular audits and provides 

appropriate training.

•  We take health and safety seriously at Board and Executive Committee level, with regular reporting of findings 

and recommendations. The health and safety department reports directly to the CEO.

•  The Group’s outsourced internal audit function undertakes a programme of reviews, which includes specific 

areas of focus (including health and safety, GDPR and anti-bribery) and facilitates further enhancement 

of controls.

•  We engage with our insurers to help ensure we maintain best practice and insurance covers are reviewed 

annually and maintained at appropriate levels.

•  We administer induction and annual compliance training courses covering all relevant policies, along with 

regular communications, which help to continually re-educate and ensure compliance.

•  We monitor and report to the Executive Committee and Board on compliance-related matters.

•  We have a Compliance Officer who is responsible for overseeing compliance. The contact details for the 

Compliance Officer are published in the relevant policies.

•  We maintain a whistleblowing line, which enables any compliance related matters to be raised confidentially, 

with whistleblowing reports, including nil reports, provided to each Audit Committee meeting.

Yes

•  Health and safety is a top priority at Board and Executive Committee level, with regular reporting on 

•  The Group has a rigorous health and safety management framework in place supported by well-established 

•  The Group has an established health and safety department which regularly conducts health and safety 

findings and recommendations.

policies and procedures.

audits across all of its sites.

•  The Group engages with its insurers to help ensure it maintains best practice.

Key

Site procurement  
and planning

Transaction  
and funding

Construction  
and delivery

Accommodation  
management

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

57

14. Failure to comply with 

A failure to comply with the relevant legislation 

Likelihood

Yes

•  The Board and Executive Committee take their governance obligations seriously and set the right tone and 

Risk  

assessment

Gross

Net

Within risk 
appetite?

Mitigation

culture for the organisation as a whole.

•  Policies and procedures are well embedded in the organisation to ensure compliance with, and monitor 

performance against, relevant legislation.

•  We operate with an established and experienced health and safety department which fosters a pro-active 

approach to health and safety throughout the Group, monitors compliance through regular audits and provides 
appropriate training.

•  We take health and safety seriously at Board and Executive Committee level, with regular reporting of findings 

and recommendations. The health and safety department reports directly to the CEO.

•  The Group’s outsourced internal audit function undertakes a programme of reviews, which includes specific 

areas of focus (including health and safety, GDPR and anti-bribery) and facilitates further enhancement 
of controls.

•  We engage with our insurers to help ensure we maintain best practice and insurance covers are reviewed 

annually and maintained at appropriate levels.

•  We administer induction and annual compliance training courses covering all relevant policies, along with 

regular communications, which help to continually re-educate and ensure compliance.

•  We monitor and report to the Executive Committee and Board on compliance-related matters.

•  We have a Compliance Officer who is responsible for overseeing compliance. The contact details for the 

Compliance Officer are published in the relevant policies.

•  We maintain a whistleblowing line, which enables any compliance related matters to be raised confidentially, 

with whistleblowing reports, including nil reports, provided to each Audit Committee meeting.

A major on-site health and safety incident 

could result in a significant fine or financial 

cost, increased insurance renewal premiums, 

damage to reputation and potential project delay.

Likelihood

Impact

Risk score

5

4

20

2

3

6

Yes

•  Health and safety is a top priority at Board and Executive Committee level, with regular reporting on 

findings and recommendations.

•  The Group has a rigorous health and safety management framework in place supported by well-established 

policies and procedures.

•  The Group has an established health and safety department which regularly conducts health and safety 

audits across all of its sites.

•  The Group engages with its insurers to help ensure it maintains best practice.

Risk

Impact

Regulatory and compliance

legislation

The Group is subject to a broad 

range of regulatory and compliance 

requirements, which it may fail to 

comply with. Health and safety, 

GDPR, anti-bribery, anti-modern 

slavery, AIM and MAR regulations 

all provide obligations on the 

Company, which need to be 

complied with.

may lead to fines or financial penalties and 

reputational damage, which may impact 

the Group’s earnings performance and may 

impact investor/shareholder confidence. In the 

case of health and safety, a failure to comply 

with regulations could result in serious incident 

or fatality.

Impact

Risk score

5

4

20

3

4

12

Link to business model:

None

Health and safety

15. Health and safety

By their nature, construction 

sites are inherently high-risk 

environments. There is a risk that a 

failure to follow established health 

and safety procedures could result 

in serious incident or fatality.

Link to business model:

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

BOARD OF  
DIRECTORS

The Directors have significant and broad experience between 
them, providing a good level of debate and oversight to the 
Group’s strategy, decision making and governance.

 A
 R
 N

Grenville Turner 
Non‑Executive Chairman
Appointed to the Board: 26 February 2016

Richard Simpson
Chief Executive Officer
Appointed to the Board: 2 January 2019

Philip Byrom
Chief Financial Officer
Appointed to the Board: 16 March 2016

Other current appointments
Non-Executive Chairman of Oasis Document 
Storage Limited, FSP Limited and Heylo 
Housing Group Limited and Vice Chairman 
of the English National Ballet.

Past appointments
Chairman and Chief Executive of 
Countrywide plc; Chief Executive of 
Intelligent Finance; Chairman of ThreeSixty 
Developments (formerly Knightsbridge 
Student Housing) and the Titlestone Group; 
Non-Executive Director of Rightmove plc, 
St James Place plc, Sainsbury’s Bank plc, 
Realogy, Zoopla Property Group plc and 
the Department for Communities and Local 
Government.

Past appointments
Group Property Director for The Unite 
Group plc; Non-Executive Director, 
CityWest Homes; Chair of the British 
Property Federation’s cross-sector Student 
Accommodation Committee from 2013-2015; 
and served for six years in the British Army.

Past appointments
Divisional Finance Director for 
Pharmaceutical Technologies at BWI plc; 
Group Financial Controller at BWI plc and 
Advance International Group Limited; and 
Senior Manager at Price Waterhouse.

Skills and experience
•  Substantial business experience, 
with more than 40 years in retail 
banking and property.

•  Prior knowledge of the student 

accommodation sector, gained through the 
chairmanship of ThreeSixty Developments.

•  Experience of chairing several 

other company boards.

•  Qualified chartered banker, with an MBA 
from Cranfield School of Management.

Skills and experience
•  More than 15 years’ experience working 
in property development and student 
accommodation, most recently as Group 
Property Director at The Unite Group plc 
prior to joining Watkin Jones.

•  Substantial executive experience in setting 
the strategic direction for all aspects of 
property portfolio management.

•  Significant experience at Board level, 

including seven years serving on the Board 
of The Unite Group plc, plus two years in 
a non-executive capacity with CityWest 
Homes.

•  Qualified chartered surveyor and a fellow of 
the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors.

Skills and experience
•  Seventeen years’ experience as CFO of 
Watkin Jones Group, including leading 
complex financing arrangements 
and material property and corporate 
transactions.

•  Broad range of prior experience in 

industry, gained in group and divisional 
finance roles.

•  Qualified chartered accountant, with 
a degree in Civil Engineering from 
Manchester University.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

59

 A
 R
 N

Simon Laffin
Independent Non‑Executive Director
Appointed to the Board: 26 February 2016

 A
 R
 N

Liz Reilly
Independent Non‑Executive Director
Appointed to the Board: 21 January 2019

Skills and experience
•  Experienced chairman, executive and 

non-executive director in large and small, 
public and private companies, including 
acting as audit committee chair.

•  Experienced in retail, property, FMCG, 

financing, restructuring and private equity 
in the UK, Europe, the USA and Australia.

•  Overseen major turnarounds in both public 

and private companies.

•  Strong reputation and relationships with 

institutional shareholders.

Other current appointments
Chairman of the Audit Committee of Dentsu 
Aegis Network.

Past appointments
Non-Executive Chairman of Assura plc, 
Flybe Group plc and Hozelock Group; Group 
Finance & Property Director of Safeway plc; 
Non-Executive Director of Quintain Estates 
and Development plc, Aegis Group plc, 
Mitchells & Butlers plc and Northern Rock (as 
part of the rescue team); and an adviser to 
CVC Capital Partners.

Skills and experience
•  Nearly 20 years of executive 

experience at large UK businesses.

•  Developed knowledge of the real estate 
sector as Group Human Resources 
Director of FTSE 100 listed Segro PLC, 
the owner, asset manager and developer 
of modern warehousing and light 
industrial property.

•  Gained experience supporting the 
remuneration committee chair at 
Segro PLC.

Other current appointments
Group Human Resources Director at 
Segro PLC.

Past appointments
Retail Human Resources Director for 
J Sainsbury plc; and Group Human 
Resources Director for FCC UK 
Environmental (previously the Waste 
Recycling Group).

Tenure

Experience

Independence

3+ years
3

Less than 
1 year
2

Retail
2

Property
5

Finance
3

Strategy
5

Chairman
1

Independent 
Directors
2

Non-
independent
Directors
3

 A  Audit Committee      R  Remuneration Committee    N  Nomination Committee  

 Chair

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 60 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

CHAIRMAN’S  
INTRODUCTION

The Board follows the principles set out 
in the QCA Code, which is designed for 
growing companies and which we believe 
is the most appropriate for the Group at 
this stage in its evolution.

Grenville Turner
Non-Executive Chairman

Structure of the Board
Board of Directors

Grenville Turner
Non-Executive Chairman

Richard Simpson
Chief 
Executive Officer

Philip Byrom
Chief  
Financial Officer

Simon Laffin
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Liz Reilly
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Our recruitment this year has led to 
positive changes to the Board, with 
the appointments of Richard Simpson 
as CEO and Liz Reilly as an additional 
Non-Executive Director. Both received 
thorough inductions on appointment, to 
ensure they could contribute as quickly 
and effectively as possible. 

Liz’s background in human resources 
made her an ideal choice to chair the 
Remuneration Committee, allowing me 
to step down from that role. 

As described in more detail on page 62, 
we conducted our first externally led 
evaluation of the Board and its committees 
during the year. This identified many 
positive aspects of the way the Board 
works, as well as areas we will address 
over the coming months. Our intention is 
to continue to run an externally facilitated 
evaluation every three years, in line with 
good practice.

Grenville Turner
Non-Executive Chairman

13 January 2020

Dear Shareholder
Consistently delivering high-quality 
development schemes, on time, to 
budget and while ensuring rigorous safety 
standards requires a robust framework 
of governance and controls. We have 
therefore continued to build on and embed 
our governance processes throughout the 
Group, reflecting our increasing maturity 
as a public company.

The Board follows the principles set out in 
the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate 
Governance Code (the “QCA Code”), 
which is designed for growing companies 
and which we believe is the most 
appropriate for the Group at this stage 
in its evolution. There are no significant 
areas where our governance structures 
and practices differ from the QCA Code’s 
expectations. 

As Chairman, I am responsible for running 
the Board and for the Group’s overall 
corporate governance, with the support 
of the Company Secretary. The corporate 
governance statement and committee 
reports on the following pages explain our 
approach to governance and include the 
disclosures required in the annual report.  
A complete index of the disclosures 
required by the QCA Code, including those 
on the Company’s website, can be found 
at http://www.watkinjonesplc.com/
investors/corporate-governance

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

61

CORPORATE  
GOVERNANCE

Watkin Jones has a robust corporate governance  
framework, which supports its ability to successfully  
deliver its strategy.

The Board
The Board comprises two Executive 
Directors and three independent 
Non-Executive Directors, including the 
Chairman. Biographies of the Directors 
can be found on pages 58 and 59.

Richard Simpson and Philip Byrom 
were appointed Directors under 
service agreements dated 2 January 
2019 and 16 March 2016 respectively. 
These contracts may be terminated by 
twelve months’ notice by either party.

Grenville Turner and Simon Laffin were 
appointed to the Board by letters of 
appointment dated 26 February 2016 
and Liz Reilly was appointed to the 
Board by a letter of appointment dated 
4 January 2019. The appointments run  
for an initial term of three years from 
the date of appointment and thereafter 
continue subject to three months’ notice 
by either side.

Mark Watkin Jones stepped down 
as Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) 
on 2 January 2019 and as a member 
of the Board on 15 January 2019.

The Chairman and CEO have separate, 
clearly defined roles. The Chairman is 
responsible for leading the Board, setting 
the agenda for Board meetings (with the 
assistance of the Company Secretary) and 
for ensuring the Board operates effectively, 
by promoting a culture of openness and 
robust discussion. The CEO is responsible 
for setting and implementing the Group’s 
strategy, for leading and developing the 
executive team and for managing the 
Group’s day-to-day operations, taking 
account of the objectives, policies and 
risk appetite set by the Board. 

Board meetings
The Board meets regularly to consider 
strategy, performance and the framework 
of internal controls. The Chairman sets 
the agenda for each meeting, with the 
assistance of the Company Secretary. 

To enable the Board to discharge its 
duties, all Directors receive appropriate 
and timely information, including briefing 
papers distributed in advance of Board 
meetings. 

These papers include reports from the 
CEO and the Chief Financial Officer 
(“CFO”), as well as reports on investor 
relations and corporate governance.

The Company Secretary produces minutes 
of each meeting, including actions to be 
taken. The Chairman then follows up each 
action at the next meeting.

Only the Non-Executive Directors are 
members of the Board committees. 
Richard Simpson, Philip Byrom and 
Mark Watkin Jones (prior to stepping 
down as CEO) were invited to attend 
committee meetings to assist with the 
matters discussed.

Attendance at meetings
The table below sets out the number of Board and committee meetings attended by each Director during the year:

Grenville Turner

Richard Simpson  
(appointed 2 January 2019)

Mark Watkin Jones  
(stepped down 15 January 2019)

Philip Byrom

Simon Laffin

Liz Reilly  
(appointed on 21 January 2019)

Board

Audit Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

9/9

7/7

2/2

9/9

9/9

6/6

5/5

—/—

—/—

—/—

5/5

3/3

5/5

—/—

—/—

—/—

5/5

2/2

3/3

—/—

—/—

—/—

3/3

1/1

The Executive Directors are not members of the Board committees but do attend when invited by the Chairman. 

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 62 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

CORPORATE  
GOVERNANCE continued

During the year, we conducted our first externally facilitated Board 
evaluation, which found that the Group has successfully transitioned 
to meeting the norms and standards of a publicly listed company.

Advice for Directors
All Directors have access to the advice 
and services of the Company Secretary, 
who ensures that the Board’s procedures 
are followed and that applicable rules and 
regulations are complied with, and to the 
professional company secretarial services 
of Prism Cosec. In addition, the Company 
has procedures to enable the Directors to 
obtain independent professional advice at 
the Company’s expense, if necessary to 
further the Directors’ duties. 

Re-election of Directors
The Board’s policy is for all Directors to 
seek re-election each year and, as a result, 
all of the Directors will be standing for 
re-election at the forthcoming AGM.

Directors’ time commitments
All the Non-Executive Directors are 
required to devote sufficient time to Watkin 
Jones to enable the Board to discharge its 
duties effectively. This includes preparation 
for and attendance at scheduled Board 
and committee meetings, as well as ad hoc 
meetings or calls as required. The Board 
confirms that each of the Non-Executive 
Directors can commit the necessary time 
to fulfil their roles.

Board committees
The Board has established Audit, 
Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees, which operate under written 
terms of reference. The reports of these 
committees can be found on pages 64 
to 72. 

Terms of reference
The terms of reference for the Board  
and the committees can be found at  
http://www.watkinjonesplc.com/
investors/corporate-governance

Board effectiveness
During the year, we appointed Campbell 
Tickell to conduct our first externally 
facilitated Board evaluation. The process 
was led by the Chairman.

The evaluation comprised: a 
comprehensive review of relevant 
governance documents against the 
QCA Code and good practice; a survey 
of and interviews with all Board members; 
a Board observation; and a report and 
presentation to the Board.

The evaluation found that:

•  the Group has made a successful 

transition from its origins as a family-run 
business to meeting the norms and 
standards of a publicly listed company;

•  it is strongly evident that the Board has 
been involved from the outset in the 
Group’s programme of transformational 
change and in looking to shape the 
Group’s organisational culture;

•  the Board operates effectively and 

each member of the Board is an active 
contributor; and

•  the Chairman and CEO have 

established a good working relationship, 
underpinned by challenge and support. 

The review also found some areas for the 
Board to address over the next twelve 
months, in particular the need to consider 
longer-term arrangements for company 
secretarial support and to maintain 
the Board’s emphasis on continued 
improvement of risk management and 
audit processes. There is also scope to 
keep the Board’s diversity and mix of skills 
under review. 

Matters reserved for the Board
Matters reserved for the Board for its 
decision include:

•  approving the Group’s strategic aims 

and objectives;

•  reviewing performance against the 

Group’s strategic aims, objectives and 
business plans;

•  overseeing the Group’s operations;

•  approving changes to the Group’s 
capital, corporate, management or 
control structures;

•  approving results announcements 
and the annual report and financial 
statements;

•  approving the dividend policy;

•  declaring the interim dividend and 

recommending the final dividend and 
any special dividend;

•  approving any significant changes in 

accounting policies;

•  approving the treasury policy;

•  approving the Group’s risk appetite and 

principal risk statements;

•  reviewing the effectiveness of the 

Group’s risk and control processes;

•  approving major capital projects and 
material contracts or arrangements;

•  approving all circulars, prospectuses 

and admission documents;

•  ensuring a satisfactory dialogue with 

shareholders;

•  establishing Board committees and 
approving their terms of reference;

•  approving delegated levels of authority;

•  approving changes to the Board and its 

committees;

•  determining the remuneration policy 
for the Directors and other senior 
executives;

•  providing a robust review of the Group’s 
corporate governance arrangements; 
and

•  approving all Board mandated policies.

 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

63

Internal controls
The Board is responsible for the Group’s 
system of internal control and for reviewing 
its effectiveness. Any system of internal 
control can only provide reasonable, 
but not absolute, assurance against 
material misstatement or loss. The Board 
considers that the internal controls in 
place are appropriate for the Group’s size, 
complexity and risk profile.

The key features of the Group’s internal 
control system include:

•  the preparation of monthly management 
accounts and comparison to budget;

•  clearly defined roles and responsibilities, 
with appropriate segregation of duties;

•  clear authorisation and approval 

processes;

•  regular preparation and review of cash 

forecasts;

•  senior management review of material 

contracts and agreements; and

•  approval by senior management of all 

land purchases and development sales 
agreements.

KPMG provides internal audit services to 
the Group. More information can be found 
in the Audit Committee report on pages 64 
and 65.

Relations with shareholders
The Board recognises the importance 
of maintaining an open dialogue with 
shareholders and keeping them informed 
of the Group’s strategy, progress and 
prospects. As part of this, the Board is 
committed to a high standard of corporate 
reporting.

During the year, the Executive Directors 
continued their programme of meetings 
with existing and potential shareholders. 
Meetings took place after the release of the 
FY18 results in January 2019 and the FY19 
interim results in May 2019. The Board was 
kept informed about shareholders’ views 
after these meetings by follow up from the 
Company’s corporate brokers.

In November 2019, the Executive Directors 
and other members of the Executive 
Committee hosted a well-attended 
Capital Markets Day for shareholders 
and analysts at the Group’s mixed-use 
development at Duncan House, Stratford. 
The presentations included a review of the 
Group’s markets, strategy and opportunity 
for growth, as well as providing further 
insight into the Group’s operations and 
business model.

In addition to the events described above, 
the Group looks to keep investors informed 
through regulatory announcements of 
important newsflow, including forward 
sales of developments, planning 
permissions received and sites acquired.

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The Company’s AGM will be held at 
10.30am on Thursday 13 February 2020 
at the offices of Buchanan, 107 Cheapside, 
London EC2V 6DN. The Notice of Meeting, 
setting out the resolutions proposed, 
is contained in a separate document and 
is available on the Group’s website,  
www.watkinjonesplc.com

Relations with shareholders

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 64 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

AUDIT  
COMMITTEE REPORT

Audit Committee

Committee members

Simon Laffin
Independent Non‑Executive Director

Grenville Turner
Non‑Executive Chairman

Liz Reilly
Independent Non‑Executive Director

Additional attendees, as invited: 
Ernst & Young LLP, KPMG, Richard 
Simpson (from 2 January 2019), 
Mark Watkin Jones (until 2 January 
2019), Philip Byrom, and other 
executives as required. 

The Audit Committee continued to review 
and establish the procedures and systems 
necessary to ensure robust standards of 
financial control.

Simon Laffin 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 

Committee responsibilities 
The Committee is primarily responsible for: 

•  monitoring corporate risk and the quality 

of internal controls; 

•  ensuring that the Group’s financial 

performance is properly measured and 
reported; and 

•  liaising with and reviewing the work of the 
Group’s internal and external auditors. 

A copy of the Committee’s terms of 
reference is available on the Company’s 
website www.watkinjonesplc.com/ 
investors/corporate-governance 

The Committee met five times in the last 
financial year. 

Dear Shareholder
During the year, the work of the Committee 
covered the following matters:

Effectiveness of the external auditor
After last year’s audit, the Committee and 
the Chief Financial Officer reviewed the 
performance of the auditor, looking at the 
audit scope, the cost effectiveness and 
the general performance and concluded 
that Ernst & Young LLP (“EY”) continued to 
provide an effective service. 

The Committee and the Board remain 
satisfied with the performance of EY 
and have concluded that the firm is 
independent and has the necessary 
level of objectivity. The incumbent audit 
partner, Victoria Venning, rotated off the 
audit and was replaced by Jamie Dixon. 
The Company policy now is that the 
external audit shall be tendered at least 
once every ten years, and EY has been the 
external auditor for over 20 years. 

Accordingly, the Committee will invite 
a number of audit firms (including two 
non-Big 4 firms) to tender for the contract 
during 2020, to take over as external auditor 
during 2021. The result of this tender, 
as approved by the Board, will be reported 
to shareholders following conclusion of the 
tender process.

The management of risk 
The Company has a Risk Committee, 
which is a committee of the Executive 
Committee and is chaired by the Chief 
Executive Officer. The Company’s risk 
register is reviewed by the Risk Committee 
and any evolving trends or matters of 
concern are subject to review. This register 
is still developing as a tool for the business 
and the Committee had a joint meeting 
in December 2019 with the Board to 
discuss and approve a refined risk 
register (see pages 48 to 57). 

The Risk Committee works closely with 
internal audit to develop the risk register 
and to review the effectiveness of mitigating 
controls. The minutes of the Risk Committee 
and reports of the internal auditor are tabled 
at the Audit Committee meetings. The Chief 
Executive Officer and internal auditor attend 
the Audit Committee meetings to report on 
risk and other salient matters. 

The Audit Committee’s 
risk assessment
Revenue recognition: Presumed 
significant risk. The specific issue for 
Watkin Jones is recognition of long-term 
contract revenue. 

Management override: Presumed 
risk. The issue for the Audit Committee 
is ensuring that there are sufficient 
management controls to offset this risk. 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

65

Land and work-in-progress valuation: 
This is an important part of long-term 
contract accounting. The Company 
has clear accounting policies for these 
valuations, with the forward sale model 
reducing the risk around the selling price. 

Final year-end audit report 
The Committee met with EY and 
reviewed their report on the year-end 
results (see pages 75 to 79). Careful 
consideration was given to: 

•  materiality, which was set by the 

auditors at 5% of profit before tax and 
one-off items. This equated to overall 
Group profit materiality of £2.6 million;

•  accounting estimates and judgements, 

primarily relating to:

•  a closing provision of £3.5 million for 
onerous lease commitments, which 
increased by £0.8 million net during 
the year;

•  the annual bonus accrual of 

£2.9 million; and

•  intangible assets relating to Fresh 
Property Group of £3.8 million 
in customer relationships and 
£9.7 million in goodwill;

•  revenue recognition of projects under 
development and the valuation of 
work-in-progress. In particular, the 
adoption and initial application of 
IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with 
customers’ which was applied for the 
first time;

•  the risks of management override of 

controls;

•  quality of earnings. An exceptional cost of 
£2.6 million representing compensation 
to the Group’s new CEO for forfeiting 
outstanding incentives held in respect 
of his former employer, of which 
£2.2 million was a non-cash charge 
relating to the issue of replacement share 
awards. This exceptional cost has been 
disclosed separately and excluded from 
adjusted EBITDA;

•  a number of immaterial corrected and 

uncorrected audit differences;

•  the independence of the external 

auditor. EY has been the auditor for over 
20 years, but the Committee was firm 
in its view that the auditor has retained 
its independence from management. 
EY did no chargeable work for the 
Company other than the audit and 
half-year review; and 

•  new accounting and reporting 

standards. The Committee reviewed all 
new standards and in particular agreed 
the accounting treatment of IFRS 16 
‘Leases’. The Committee noted that all 
requirements for an AIM-listed business 
are being complied with. 

Significant accounting estimates 
and judgements
The Committee reviewed a schedule of 
significant accounting estimates and 
judgements presented by management, 
with both internal and external auditors 
present. 

This highlighted: 

•  provisions for onerous lease 

commitments. The Group has 
made provision for historic onerous 
lease commitments, effectively rent 
guarantees, on PBSA properties sold 
in prior years, where it is expected that 
there will be a shortfall in the net student 
rental income received compared to 
the lease rentals payable. It is no longer 
the policy of the Company to enter into 
arrangements of this nature; and

•  carrying value of intangible assets. 
This relates to the carrying value of 
Fresh Property Group. A 20-year cash 
flow forecast was prepared that showed 
that the value booked was comfortably 
justified. 

Other matters considered 
by the Committee
Annual report and financial statements: 
The Committee reviewed the annual report 
and other financial statements during the 
year to ensure that they were fair, accurate 
and balanced. It then recommended those 
reports to the Board for approval. It also 
considered the going concern statement 
and recommended this to the Board. 

Dividends: The Committee reviewed the 
ability of the Company to pay the proposed 
dividend and its appropriateness, and 
recommended this to the Board.

Controls-based audit: The Committee 
discussed with both management 
and the external auditor the benefits 
and implications of moving towards a 
controls-based audit. Progress was made 
in the 2019 audit, with a pathway being 
developed for further progress in the new 
financial year.

Business Continuity Planning: There had 
been no formal Business Continuity Plan 
(“BCP”) in place, although there was an 
IT disaster recovery plan. The Committee 
requested both management and the 
internal audit team to formalise the 
BCP and to ensure that it provided 
comprehensive coverage. This is now 
all in hand with specialist contractors.

GDPR/Cybersecurity: Internal audit 
reviewed the status of the Company’s 
compliance with GDPR and cybersecurity, 
and made a number of recommendations. 
The Committee stressed the importance 
of full compliance and the need to increase 
cybersecurity. Management undertook 
a number of actions in response. 

An outside contractor has been appointed 
to oversee GDPR procedures and 
compliance. 

Cash flow reporting and payment 
practice reporting: An internal audit 
report was broadly comfortable 
with procedures, but made some 
recommendations on formalising and 
documenting controls.

QX India: QX provides administrative 
support to Fresh Property Group. 
The internal audit team looked at the 
outsourcing contract with QX and made 
a number of recommendations to ensure 
compliance, stronger governance and 
tighter data security.

UK Bribery Act: Compliance with 
this legislation was reviewed by the 
Committee and an updated Anti-Bribery 
and Corruption policy, including gifts and 
hospitality, was approved.

IFRS 16: The Committee discussed 
the implications of IFRS 16 with both 
management and the auditor. The impact is 
detailed in the financial review on page 47 
and in note 5 to the financial statements.

IFRS 2 and CEO recruitment incentives: 
This was reviewed with the auditor to 
ensure that the incentives were correctly 
accounted for and disclosed as a 
one-off cost.

Dormant companies: The Committee 
reviewed the number of dormant 
companies and identified those that could 
be struck off. As a result, 32 companies 
have been removed.

Performance metrics: These 
were assessed for their relevance, 
appropriateness and completeness for 
assessing performance against our strategy.

Whistleblowing: The Committee received 
a small number of whistleblowing reports 
during the year. It ensured that these were 
fully and impartially investigated. In one 
case, the allegations were such as to 
require an independent legal review. 

Financial experience on 
the Committee
The Committee reviewed its own 
performance as part of the Board appraisal 
review. It was felt that the Committee 
works well. The Board remains satisfied 
that I have the necessary recent and 
relevant financial experience to chair the 
Audit Committee.

Simon Laffin 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 

13 January 2020

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 66 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOMINATION  
COMMITTEE REPORT

The Committee successfully met its objectives 
for the year, as it refined the leadership team’s 
responsibilities and ensured the effective 
introduction of our new CEO.

Grenville Turner
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

Committee responsibilities 
The Committee identifies and nominates, 
for the approval of the Board, candidates 
to fill Board vacancies as and when  
they arise.

The Committee meets as required. In 
FY19, the Committee met three times.

Dear Shareholder
This report explains the work of the 
Nomination Committee during the financial 
year. Liz Reilly became a member of the 
Committee on her appointment to the 
Board. Committee membership was 
otherwise unchanged in the period.

The Nomination Committee set itself 
two priorities for FY19, as outlined in last 
year’s report. These were to refine the 
division of responsibilities in the senior 
leadership team and to ensure the effective 
introduction of Richard Simpson as CEO.

Senior leadership 
responsibilities
The Group’s senior leadership 
comprises our two Executive Directors, 
Richard Simpson and Philip Byrom, 
as well as Jim Davies, who heads up 
our development activities, Rebecca 
Hopewell, who is CEO of FPG, and our 
Investment Director Alex Pease. 

During the year, we continued to refine 
their responsibilities, for example 
by giving Jim more responsibility 
for construction overall and asking 
Rebecca to take on a greater role in the 
overall transformation of the business.

At the same time, the leadership team 
has had much greater exposure to the 
Board this year and has presented 
to us on a wide range of subjects, 
from Brexit preparation to a review 
of our HR structures. We believe the 
team is functioning well and gives us 
confidence as we enter the next phase 
of the Group’s development.

Nomination Committee

Committee members

Grenville Turner
Non‑Executive Chairman

Simon Laffin
Independent Non‑Executive Director

Liz Reilly
Independent Non‑Executive Director

We believe the 
leadership team is 
functioning well and 
gives us confidence 
as we enter the next 
phase of the Group’s 
development.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

67

Introduction of Richard Simpson  
as CEO
As outlined in last year’s report, we 
organised a detailed induction programme 
for both Richard and Liz Reilly, which 
included meetings with the other Directors, 
the Executive Committee, our corporate 
brokers and other professional advisers, 
as well as visits to our development sites.

The Board has also provided Richard with 
support in a number of ways, including 
regular informal dialogue with me, as well 
as discussions before and after Board 
meetings. This has helped Richard to make 
a strong start to life as our CEO and we 
are delighted with the impact he is already 
making.

Succession planning and 
Board composition
During the year, we appointed Jackie Kelly 
as the Group’s first Human Resources 
Director. An important part of her remit 
has been to develop our succession 
planning at executive team level. We have 
also held discussions at Board level about 
succession planning for the Directors. 

The Board is working well and having 
added Richard Simpson and Liz Reilly to 
the Board this year, we are not currently 
considering any further recruitment at 
Board level. 

Directors’ training
All the Directors look to keep their skills 
and experience up to date. We benefit 
from briefings, presentations and papers 
provided by our advisers and other 
professional services firms, covering topics 
such as new regulations, developments 
in corporate governance and emerging 
best practice. This year has seen a marked 
increase in presentations from within the 
business, as well as from our corporate 
brokers.

The Non-Executive Directors also benefit 
from our interaction with the other boards 
we sit on, providing us with a range of 
different perspectives we can apply to 
Watkin Jones.

Diversity
We recognise the business benefits of 
diversity. Our aim is to go beyond the legal 
requirement to treat everyone fairly, so we 
ensure that Watkin Jones is an attractive 
employer to the widest possible workforce.

As discussed in the people section on 
page 39 of the strategic report, women 
remain under-represented at senior levels 
of the Group. 

In part, this is due to the nature of the 
industry in which we operate, as well 
as to the relative stability of the senior 
team, which means we have had fewer 
opportunities to increase diversity. 
We continue to look for ways to enhance 
all aspects of diversity across the Group.

Priorities for FY20
In the current financial year, the 
Committee’s priorities will be to:

•  ensure we have sufficient senior 

leadership resource to effectively 
implement our growth strategy; and

•  continue to review our succession 
planning and ensure it remains 
up to date.

Grenville Turner
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

13 January 2020

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 68 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

REMUNERATION  
COMMITTEE REPORT

The Group operates a straightforward 
remuneration policy, which appropriately 
balances short and long-term incentives  
to encourage effective and sustainable 
delivery of our strategy.

Liz Reilly
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Remuneration Committee

Committee members

Liz Reilly
Independent Non‑Executive Director

Simon Laffin
Independent Non‑Executive Director

Grenville Turner
Non‑Executive Chairman

Additional attendees, as invited: 
Richard Simpson, Philip Byrom, 
Mark Watkin Jones (prior to stepping 
down as CEO), Jackie Kelly (Human 
Resources Director)

Committee responsibilities
The Remuneration Committee is 
primarily responsible for reviewing 
the performance of the Executive 
Directors and determining their terms 
and conditions of service, including 
their remuneration. The Committee 
also determines the remuneration for 
members of the Executive Committee.

The Committee meets at least once a 
year. In FY19, it met five times.

Dear Shareholder
This report sets out the Group’s 
remuneration policy for the Directors 
and explains how this policy was 
applied during the year.

I became chair of the Committee 
on my appointment to the Board on 
21 January 2019. Grenville Turner, 
who previously chaired the Committee, 
remains a Committee member.

Remuneration policy
The Executive Directors are eligible 
to receive the following elements of 
remuneration, under the Company’s 
remuneration policy:

•  basic salary;

•  annual bonus;

•  long-term incentive;

•  pension contributions; and

•  other benefits, including a car allowance 

and health insurance.

Basic salaries
The current annual salaries of the 
Executive Directors are as follows:

•  Richard Simpson: £375,000; and

•  Philip Byrom: £257,500.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

69

The Committee reviews the Executive 
Directors’ salaries annually but is not 
obliged to increase them. In reviewing 
salaries, the Committee considers:

•  pay levels at comparably sized listed 

companies and sector peers;

•  the performance, role and 

responsibility of each Director;

•  the economic climate, market conditions 
and the Company’s performance; and

•  the level of pay across the Group as 

a whole.

In FY19, Philip Byrom received a 3% 
increase to his basic salary, in line with 
the average increase for salaries across 
the Group. Richard Simpson did not 
receive a salary increase, having joined 
the Company part way through the year. 
Mark Watkin Jones did not receive an 
increase, following his decision to step 
down from the Board.

Annual bonus
The Executive Directors’ annual bonuses 
for FY19 were based on carefully chosen 
corporate performance and personal 
performance measures. These measures 
incentivise the delivery of the plan for 
the year, as well as ensuring future 
performance through measures related, 
for example, to the development pipeline.

The maximum bonus opportunity is 
100% of basic salary. Three-quarters 
of the annual bonus relates to corporate 
performance and one quarter to achieving 
personal targets. Of the annual bonus 
relating to corporate performance, 75% is 
payable for achieving EBITDA, adjusted to 
exclude exceptional items, in line with the 
market consensus.

For FY19, Richard Simpson received a 
bonus of 78.2% of salary, which was 
pro-rated to take account of his start date 
of 2 January 2019. Philip Byrom received 
a bonus of 77.2% of salary. Mark Watkin 
Jones was not eligible to receive a bonus 
for FY19.

Long-term incentive plan
The Watkin Jones Long-Term Incentive 
Plan (“LTIP”) covers the Executive 
Directors and other senior executives. 

Awards under the LTIP are structured 
as nil or nominal cost options and are 
normally made annually. Awards will 
normally vest three years from grant, 
subject to the achievement of challenging 
performance targets and continued 
service. Award levels are capped at 200% 
of salary per individual per annum. 

The Committee monitors share usage 
carefully, noting that a 10% dilution limit 
applies to the LTIP or any other employee 
share plan adopted by the Company. 
Details of the awards granted to Executive 
Directors in FY19 are set out below.

A 200% of salary shareholding guideline 
operates for Executive Directors. As such, 
Executive Directors will be required to 
retain at least 50% of the net-of-tax LTIP 
awards which vest in the future, to the 
extent that the individual does not already 
hold shares with a value equal to or above 
200% of salary.

Pensions
The Company contributes to pension plans 
for the Executive Directors at a rate of 20% 
of basic salary for Richard Simpson and 
10% of basic salary for Philip Byrom.

The Directors may elect to receive all or 
part of the pension contribution in cash, 
provided there is no difference in cost to 
the Company.

Executive Board changes
Richard Simpson
Richard Simpson was appointed CEO on 
2 January 2019. His remuneration package 
is consistent with our remuneration policy 
and is detailed above.

In addition to this package, Richard is 
being compensated for incentive awards 
he forfeited when he resigned from his 
previous employer. On 10 April 2019, he 
received a cash payment of £361,799 to 
compensate him in respect of his forgone 
2018 annual bonus. 

On 8 February 2019, Richard was granted 
awards over Watkin Jones plc shares in 
compensation for share awards which 
lapsed when he ceased his previous 
employment. These buyout awards have 
been granted under the “Watkin Jones 
Recruitment Plan”, which is identical to 
the shareholder-approved LTIP, except 
that the terms of the LTIP which would 
have prevented the grant of the buyout 
awards have been removed. The terms 
removed are the 200% of salary limit 
and requirement for awards to have 
performance conditions.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 70 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

REMUNERATION  
COMMITTEE REPORT continued

Executive Board changes continued
Richard Simpson continued
Details of the awards are as follows:

Buyout award

Number of shares 
subject to buyout 
award

Normal vesting date 
of buyout award

Vesting/performance conditions

2015 Buyout Award

92,480

2 April 2019

•  Continued employment with Watkin Jones only.

2016 Buyout Award

434,764

23 June 2019

•   Continued employment with Watkin Jones; and

2017 Buyout Award

438,765

10 April 2020

•  Continued employment with Watkin Jones; and

•   Vesting based on vesting outcome of 2017 Unite LTIP awards.

2018 Buyout Award

344,201

10 April 2021

•  Continued employment with Watkin Jones; and

•   Vesting based on vesting outcome of 2016 Unite LTIP awards.

•   Vesting subject to the same performance conditions as the 
awards granted to other Watkin Jones senior executives in 
May 2018, under the terms of the LTIP.

The 2016, 2017 and 2018 buyout awards are subject to a two-year holding period. To the extent that these awards vest, Richard will not 
be able to sell any shares resulting from the exercise of an award for a period of two years from the vesting date, other than to fund the 
resulting tax and NIC liabilities. 

During 2019, Richard exercised the 2015 Buyout Award and c.82% of the 2016 Buyout Award (after performance targets were applied). 
After crediting the awards with dividend equivalents and selling an appropriate number of shares to pay the one pence exercise price and 
associated tax liabilities, Richard received 236,324 shares. In addition, he received a cash payment of £2,970 to compensate him for the 
2019 interim dividend which was not credited in shares to the 2015 Buyout Award.

Mark Watkin Jones
Mark stepped down as CEO on 2 January 2019 and as a member of the Board on 15 January 2019. He received no payments in respect 
of stepping down as CEO, did not receive a 2018 LTIP award and was not eligible for an annual bonus in respect of FY19.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

71

LTIP awards granted in the year
The following LTIP awards were granted to 
the Executive Directors on 31 May 2019:

Basis of 
award (% of 
salary)

Number of 
shares under 
award

200

342,309

100

117,526

Richard  
Simpson

Philip  
Byrom

The awards have an exercise price of one 
pence per share and become exercisable 
after three years from the date of grant, 
subject to continued employment and 
performance based on the Company’s 
total shareholder return and earnings per 
share performance over the three years to 
30 September 2021. 

Non-Executive Directors’ fees
The current fees for the Non-Executive 
Directors, which were increased by 3% 
from the prior year, are as follows:

•  Grenville Turner: £128,750; 

•  Simon Laffin: £53,560; and

•  Liz Reilly: £53,560.

These fees are subject to annual review, 
although they will not necessarily be 
increased each year.

Adviser to the Committee
FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP 
provides advice to the Committee as and 
when required, for example in relation to 
the introduction of the LTIP in FY18, and 
also provides information such as salary 
comparators, to enable the Committee 
to effectively benchmark the Executive 
Directors’ rewards.

Remuneration in the year
During the year, the Directors received the following emoluments:

Basic salary/fee

Annual bonus

Pension contribution

Benefits in kind

Total

FY19

FY18

FY19

FY18

FY19

FY18

FY19

FY18

FY19

FY18

Richard Simpson 

281,250

— 219,883

—

56,250

—

11,457

— 568,840

—

Mark Watkin 
Jones1 

87,500

350,000

— 303,520

8,750

35,000

4,822

19,481

101,072

708,001

Philip Byrom

253,750

232,500

195,846

201,624

25,375

23,250

25,008

21,889

499,979

479,263

Grenville Turner

126,875

125,000

Simon Laffin

52,780

52,000

Liz Reilly2

37,247

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 126,875

125,000

—

—

52,780

52,000

37,247

—

1.  Mark Watkin Jones stepped down from the Board on 15 January 2019.
2.  Liz Reilly was appointed to the Board on 21 January 2019 on a fee of £52,000 p.a.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 72 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

REMUNERATION  
COMMITTEE REPORT continued

Outstanding share awards
The share awards outstanding for the Executive Directors at 30 September 2019 and as at the date of this report were as follows:

Award  
type

Exercise  
price

Date  
of grant

Interest at  
1 October 2019

Granted in  
the year

Lapsed in  
the year

Exercised in  
the year1

Interest at  
30 September 2019

Date  
of vesting

Performance period 
for TSR and EPS 
targets

Richard Simpson

Philip Byrom

2015 Buyout 
Award

2016 Buyout 
Award

2017 Buyout 
Award

2018 Buyout 
Award

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

1p

1p

1p

1p

1p

1p

1p

8 February 
2019

8 February 
2019

8 February 
2019

8 February 
2019

31 May  
2019

31 May  
2018

31 May  
2019

—

—

—

—

—

115,955

—

92,480

434,764

438,765

344,201

342,309

—

(74,020)

(92,480)

(360,744)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

117,526

—

—

—

—

438,765

344,201

342,309

115,955

117,526

2 April  
2019

23 June  
2019

10 April  
2020

10 April  
2021

31 May  
2022

31 May  
2021

31 May  
2022

—

—

—

1 October  
2017 to  
30 September 
2020

1 October 
2018 to  
30 September 
2021

1 October 
2017 to  
30 September 
2020

1 October 
2018 to  
30 September 
2021

1.  Including dividend equivalents where delivered in additional shares.

The 2018 Buyout Awards and LTIP awards 
are based on stretching three‑year 
earnings per share (“EPS”) and total 
shareholder return (“TSR”) performance 
targets as follows:

Directors’ interests in the 
Company’s shares
At 30 September 2019 and as at the date of 
this report, the Directors had the following 
interests in the Company’s shares:

Liz Reilly
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

13 January 2020

•  50% of awards as above are based on 

sliding scale three‑year TSR targets. 0% 
of awards will vest for TSR of 5% p.a. 
increasing pro‑rata to 100% of this part 
of awards vesting for TSR of 12% p.a.; 
and

•  50% of awards are based on sliding 
scale three‑year EPS targets. 0% of 
awards will vest for EPS growth of 5% 
p.a. increasing pro‑rata to 100% of this 
part of awards vesting for EPS growth of 
12% p.a.

The performance periods for the awards 
are shown in the table above.

Richard Simpson

Philip Byrom

Grenville Turner

Simon Laffin

Liz Reilly

Total

Number  
of shares

236,324

2,600,000

340,900

100,000

—

3,277,224

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

73

Political donations
The Company made no political 
donations during the year.

Auditor
Ernst & Young LLP (“EY”) has 
expressed its willingness to continue 
in office as auditor and a resolution to 
re-appoint EY will be proposed at the 
forthcoming AGM.

Going concern
The Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. For this reason, 
they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements.

Approval
This Directors’ report was 
approved on behalf of the Board 
on 13 January 2020.

Philip Byrom
Chief Financial Officer

13 January 2020

DIRECTORS’  
REPORT

The Company’s Directors 
during the year were:

Grenville Turner
Non‑Executive Chairman

Richard Simpson
Chief Executive Officer 
(appointed 2 January 2019)

Mark Watkin Jones
Chief Executive Officer 
(resigned 15 January 2019)

Philip Byrom
Chief Financial Officer

Simon Laffin
Independent Non‑Executive Director

Liz Reilly
Independent Non‑Executive Director 
(appointed 21 January 2019)

The corporate governance disclosures on 
pages 61 to 63 form part of this report.

Principal activity
The Company is incorporated and 
registered in England and Wales, with 
registered number 9791105. Its shares 
are traded on the Alternative Investment 
Market of the London Stock Exchange. 

The Company is the ultimate holding 
company of the Group. The Group’s 
principal activities are described in the 
strategic report on pages 01 to 57.

Review of business
The strategic report on pages 01 to 
57 provides a review of the business, 
the Group’s trading for the year ended 
30 September 2019, key performance 
indicators and an indication of future 
developments and risks.

Result and dividend
The Group’s profit for the year was 
£40.3 million (FY18: £44.2 million). More 
information about the Group’s financial 
performance can be found in the financial 
review on pages 44 to 47 and in the 
financial statements on pages 80 to 118.

The Board has recommended a final 
dividend for the year of 5.6 pence per share, 
giving a total dividend for the year of 8.35 
pence per share. More information about 
dividends can be found in the Chairman’s 
statement on pages 08 and 09 and in the 
financial review on pages 44 to 47.

Directors
The biographies of the current Directors 
can be found on pages 58 and 59. Details of 
the Executive Directors’ service contracts, 
the Non-Executive Directors’ letters of 
appointment and the Directors’ dates of 
appointment can be found in the corporate 
governance report on pages 61 to 63.

Directors’ interests
The Directors’ interests in the Company’s 
shares are set out in the Remuneration 
Committee report on page 72.

Directors’ indemnity provisions
The Company has purchased and 
maintained throughout the period 
Directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance in respect of the Directors.

Share capital structure
At 30 September 2019, the Company’s 
issued share capital was £2,557,221, 
divided into 255,722,099 ordinary 
shares of one pence each.

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled 
to one vote per share at the Company’s 
general meetings.

Substantial shareholdings
Based on the share register analysis 
as at 13 December 2019, and as far as 
the Company is aware, the following 
represents interests in excess of 3% 
of its ordinary share capital:

Holder

Number of  
shares held

Percentage

G&J Watkin Jones 1992 Settlement Trust

38,901,422

15.21

Octopus Investments

M&G Investments

Canaccord Genuity Group Inc

Polar Capital

GLG Partners

Seek Ventures Limited

JP Morgan Chase & Co

23,747,103

18,010,814

14,723,133

11,206,723

10,995,848

10,000,000

9,057,520

9.29

7.04

5.58

4.38

4.30

3.91

3.54

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 74 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
in relation to the annual report and financial statements

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the parent 
company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the parent company 
and enable them to ensure that its financial 
statements comply with the Companies 
Act 2006. They have general responsibility 
for taking such steps as are reasonably 
open to them to safeguard the assets of 
the Group and to prevent and detect fraud 
and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the corporate 
and financial information included on 
the Company’s website. Legislation in 
the UK governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the annual report and the Group and 
parent company financial statements 
in accordance with applicable law and 
regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare Group and parent company 
financial statements for each financial 
year. As required by the AIM Rules of the 
London Stock Exchange they are required 
to prepare the Group financial statements 
in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the 
EU and applicable law and have elected 
to prepare the parent company financial 
statements in accordance with IFRS as 
adopted by the EU and applicable law.

Under company law, the Directors must 
not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of 
the Group and parent company and of their 
profit or loss for that period. In preparing 
each of the Group and parent company 
financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

•  for the Group financial statements, state 
whether they have been prepared in 
accordance with IFRS as adopted by 
the EU;

•  for the parent company financial 

statements, state whether they have 
been prepared in accordance with IFRS 
as adopted by the EU; and

•  prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the Group 
and the parent company will continue 
in business.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

75

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
to the members of Watkin Jones plc

Opinion
In our opinion:

•  Watkin Jones plc’s Group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and 

fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 30 September 2019 and of the Group’s profit for the year 
then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; 

•  the parent company financial statements been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union 

as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, and, as regards 

the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements of Watkin Jones Plc which comprise:

Group

Parent company

Consolidated balance sheet as at 30 September 2019

Balance sheet as at 30 September 2019

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the 
year then ended

Statement of changes in equity for the year then ended

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year 
then ended

Related notes 38 to 44 to the financial statements including 
a summary of significant accounting policies

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended

Related notes 1 to 37 to the financial statements, including 
a summary of significant accounting policies

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and; as regards to the parent company financial statements, as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report 
below. We are independent of the Group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled 
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report to you where:

•  the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or

•  the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt 
about  the Group’s or the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at 
least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Overview of our audit approach

Key audit matters

•  Revenue recognition.

•  Carrying value of land and work in progress. 

Audit scope

•  The Group solely operates in the United Kingdom. We performed an audit of the complete 

financial information of all the Group companies and we performed direct procedures on joint 
venture balances included within the Group financial statements. 

Materiality

•   Overall Group materiality of £2.6 million which represents 5% of pre-tax income. 

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 76 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT continued
to the members of Watkin Jones plc

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we 
identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Risk

Revenue recognition (Revenue – 2019: £375 million, 
2018: £363 million)

Refer to the Audit Committee report (page 64); accounting 
policies (pages 85 and 86); and notes 6 and 7 of the 
consolidated financial statements (pages 91 to 93)

The Group’s main revenue stream comes from long-term contracts 
(2019: £310 million, 2018: £303 million). In line with IFRS 15, revenue 
and margin are recognised in line with the five step model to account 
to revenue. 

There are various assumptions within the development appraisals 
regarding the estimated costs to complete which impact whether 
revenue and margin are recognised in the appropriate period. 

There is therefore a risk that the incorrect amount of revenue and 
costs is recorded in the income statement if the estimated costs to 
complete are incorrect, either due to error or management bias. 

Revenue from residential sales of £38 million (2018: £30 million) is 
recognised on legal completion. There is a risk that the revenue is not 
recorded in the appropriate period due to cut off errors. 

Accommodation management revenue of £7 million (2018: £7 million) 
and rental income of £19 million (2018: £23 million) are recognised 
in line with management services provided or rental agreements in 
place. There is a risk that revenue is not recorded in the appropriate 
period due to cut off errors. 

Our response to the risk

Our audit procedures included the following:

•  we evaluated the design and implementation of controls over 
revenue recognition and costs to complete and tested these 
controls as part of our audit strategy; and 

•  we performed audit procedures designed to address the risk of 
management override of controls, including journal entry testing 
to confirm that the processing and timing of journals to record 
revenue are consistent with expectations.

In relation to long-term contract revenue:

•  we considered and checked the revenue recognised was 

consistent with the calculated stage of completion, focusing on 
those developments not fully constructed pre-year end; 

•  for all developments where revenue in excess of £196,000 was 
recognised in the year, we agreed the total forecast value to 
signed development agreements, we then tested the costs to 
complete and checked that revenue was correctly calculated on 
that basis;

•  we critically challenged the forecast cost to complete by way of 
review of budgets and hindsight reviews on historical budgeting 
accuracy, corroborating any variances to budgets back to 
source documentation; 

•  for a sample of costs incurred during the year, we verified that 

they had been allocated to the appropriate development; 

•  for all developments not fully constructed pre-year end, we 

challenged management over the forecast costs to come, the 
total budgeted costs and confirmed the percentage used to 
assess stage of completion; and

•  we reconciled management’s cost valuation reports back to 

revenue recorded to ensure all cumulative movements in revenue 
and costs have been appropriately recorded in the statement of 
comprehensive income.

In relation to residential sales:

•  we selected a sample of residential sales made in September 
2019 and October 2019 and corroborated the sale to the legal 
completion documentation and cash receipt.

In relation to accommodation management revenue/rental income:

•  we selected a sample of sales invoices raised in September 2019 
and October 2019 and recalculated the revenue recognised and 
deferred at year end by reference to the service contract; and 

•  we performed substantive analytical review procedures using 
known occupancy rate movements, rental income per room 
and known management price movements to corroborate the 
occurrence and measurement of revenue throughout the period.

Scope of our procedures

The whole Group was subject to full scope audit procedures over revenue.

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee

We have audited the timing of revenue recognition and assessed the risk of management override. 

Based upon the audit procedures performed, we conclude that revenue (and associated gross profit on long-term contracts) has been 
recognised on an appropriate basis in the year. 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

77

Risk

Carrying value of land and work in progress 2019: 
£135 million (2018: £133 million) of inventories held split 
between land of £56 million (2018: £49 million) and work 
in progress of £79 million (2018: £84 million). 

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 65); accounting 
policies (page 87); and note 20 of the consolidated financial 
statements (page 103)

Our response to the risk

Our audit procedures included the following:

•  we evaluated the design and implementation of controls and 
tested controls over the carrying value of land and work in 
progress; 

•  for land and work in progress developments held at 

30 September 2019 with a carrying value in excess of £196,000, 
we;

The valuation of inventories at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value requires significant judgements by management over the 
anticipated revenues and forecast development costs. 

•  compared the assumptions made regarding selling prices 
to market data and corroborated the explanations for any 
differences; 

There is therefore a risk that the carrying values of the land and work 
in progress balances reported within the inventories are overstated. 

•  compared the actual estimated costs and margin over the 

development lifecycle and validated key drivers for change in 
margin to assess management’s forecasting accuracy; 

•  verified a sample of costs incurred in the year to purchase 

invoice; and 

•  for those sites determined to be most at risk of overstatement, 
being large sites that are in the process of development but 
are yet to be forward sold, we involved our internal Real Estate 
specialists to validate the value of land and work in progress 
held, who reviewed the methodology used to develop the 
estimate and evaluated management’s estimate against their 
own assessment.

Scope of our procedures

The whole Group was subject to full scope audit procedures over revenue.

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee

We audited the inputs and assumptions used by management to assess the carrying value of land and work in progress. 

We conclude that the inputs and assumptions applied are reasonable and that the carrying value of land and work in progress at 
30 September 2019 is appropriate. 

An overview of the scope of our audit 
Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance materiality determine our audit scope for 
each entity within the Group. Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We take into 
account size, risk profile, the organisation of the group and effectiveness of group wide controls, changes in the business environment 
and other factors such as recent Internal audit results when assessing the level of work to be performed at each entity. We performed 
an audit of the complete financial information of all the Group companies and we performed direct procedures on joint venture balances 
included within the Group financial statements.

Changes from the prior year 
There has been no change in our scope compared to the prior year. 

Involvement with component teams 
All audit work performed for the purposes of the audit was undertaken by the Group audit team.

Our application of materiality 
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit 
and in forming our audit opinion. 

Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and 
extent of our audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the Group to be £2.6 million (2018: £2.5 million), which is 5% (2018: 5%) of pre-tax income. We believe that 
pre-tax income provides us with a key performance measure of management and is what the users of financial statements are more 
interested in.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 78 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT continued
to the members of Watkin Jones plc

An overview of the scope of our audit continued
Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low 
level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, our judgement was 
that performance materiality was 75% (2018: 75%) of our planning materiality, namely £1.96 million (2018: £1.88 million). We have set 
performance materiality at this percentage due to our past experience on the audit indicating a lower risk of misstatements, both 
corrected and uncorrected. 

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of £0.13 million 
(2018: £0.12 million), which is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds. 

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light of other 
relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.

Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report other than the financial statements and our auditor’s 
report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this 
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required 
to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. 
If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other information, we are required to 
report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 

prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and 

•  the strategic report and Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the parent company and its environment obtained in the course of 
the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

79

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 74, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group and parent company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when 
it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably 
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website 
at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in 
an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Jamie Dixon 
Senior statutory auditor  
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor  
Manchester 

13 January 2020

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 80 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 30 September 2019

Continuing operations 

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Administrative expenses 

Operating profit before exceptional items 

Exceptional (costs)/income 

Operating profit  

Profit on disposal of interest in joint venture 

Share of profit in joint ventures 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

Profit before tax  

Income tax expense 

Profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent 

Other comprehensive income 

Subsequently reclassified to income statement: 

Net (loss)/gain on equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent 

Earnings per share for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted proforma basic earnings per share (excluding exceptional (costs)/income) 

Adjusted proforma diluted earnings per share (excluding exceptional (costs)/income)   

The notes on pages 84 to 114 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Year ended 
30 September  
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September  
2018 
£’000

Notes 

6 

374,785 

363,054

(298,020) 

(290,624)

76,765 

(24,472) 

52,293 

(2,576) 

49,717 

— 

286 

428 

(695) 

49,736 

(9,436) 

40,300 

72,430

(22,818)

49,612 

4,283

53,895

121

1,023

228

(925)

54,342

(10,136)

44,206

(2) 

40,298 

37

44,243

Pence 

Pence

15.780 

15.740 

16.689 

16.646 

17.317

17.310

15.958

15.952

8 

9 

19 

19 

12 

13 

14 

14 

14 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

81

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
as at 30 September 2019

Non-current assets 

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Investment in joint ventures 

Deferred tax asset 

Other financial assets 

Current assets 

Inventory and work in progress 

Contract assets 

Trade and other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Contract liabilities 

Provisions  

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 

Current tax liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Provisions  

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 

Share capital 

Share premium 

Merger reserve 

Available-for-sale reserve 

Fair value reserve of financial assets at FVOCI 

Share-based payment reserve 

Retained earnings 

Total equity 

The notes on pages 84 to 114 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Approved by the Board of Directors on 13 January 2020 and signed on its behalf by:

Richard Simpson
Director

30 September  
2019 
£’000 

30 September  
2018 
£’000

Notes 

16 

17 

19 

27 

28 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

21 

26 

25 

25 

27 

26 

30 

31 

13,844 

4,966 

2,794 

290 

1,139 

23,033 

134,226 

25,578 

14,443 

115,652 

289,899 

312,932 

(81,407) 

(5,164) 

(863) 

(1,324) 

(7,056) 

14,403

4,809

2,558

42

1,350

23,162

132,778

8,758

18,209

106,640

266,385

289,547

(84,805)

(14,314)

(1,068)

(1,605)

(7,204)

(95,814) 

(108,996)

(37,481) 

(1,042) 

(2,594) 

(41,117) 

(24,877)

(1,050)

(1,602)

(27,529)

(136,931) 

(136,525)

176,001 

153,022

2,553 

84,612 

2,553

84,612

(75,383) 

(75,383)

— 

434 

2,311 

161,474 

176,001 

436

—

84

140,720

153,022

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 30 September 2019

Share 
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Merger 
reserve 
£’000 

Available-for 
-sale 
reserve 
£’000 

financial  Share-based 
payment 
assets at 
reserve 
FVOCI  
£’000 
£’000 

Fair value 
reserve of 

Balance at  
1 October 2017 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive  
income 

Total comprehensive  
income 

Transactions with owners 

Share-based payments 

Dividend paid (note 15) 

Balance at  
30 September 2018  
(as previously reported) 

2,553 

84,612 

(75,383) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,553 

84,612 

(75,383) 

IFRS 9 restatement (note 5) 

— 

Adjustment on initial  
application of IFRS 15  
(net of tax) (note 5) 

As at 30 September  
2018 (restated) 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive  
income 

Deferred tax credited  
directly to equity (note 27) 

Total comprehensive  
income 

Transactions with owners 

Share-based payments 

Dividend paid (note 15) 

Balance at  
30 September 2019 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,553 

84,612 

(75,383) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,553 

84,612 

(75,383) 

399 

— 

37 

37 

— 

— 

436 

(436) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

436 

— 

436 

— 

(2) 

— 

(2) 

— 

— 

The notes on pages 84 to 114 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Retained 
earnings  
£’000 

Total  
£’000

114,050 

126,231

44,206 

44,206

— 

37

44,206 

44,243

— 

84

(17,536) 

(17,536)

140,720 

153,022

— 

—

497 

497

141,217 

153,519

40,300 

40,300

— 

70 

(2)

70

40,370 

40,368

— 

— 

— 

— 

84 

— 

84 

— 

— 

84 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,227 

— 

2,227

— 

(20,113) 

(20,113)

434 

2,311 

161,474 

176,001

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

83

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended 30 September 2019

Cash flows from operating activities 

Cash inflow from operations 

Interest received 

Interest paid 

Tax paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Proceeds from disposal of interest in joint venture   

Cash distribution received from other financial assets 

Purchase of other financial assets 

Loan payments from joint ventures 

Net cash inflow from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Dividends paid 

Capital element of finance lease rental payments 

Drawdown of RCF 

Repayment of bank loans 

Net cash outflow from financing activities 

Net increase in cash 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 October 2018 and 1 October 2017 

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 September 2019 and 30 September 2018 

The notes on pages 84 to 114 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

Notes 

32 

27,811 

428 

(911) 

(9,769) 

17,559 

(361) 

87 

— 

209 

— 

— 

(65) 

(20,113) 

(1,307) 

46,244 

(33,306) 

(8,482) 

9,012 

106,640 

115,652 

28 

15 

66,582

228

(1,247)

(11,140)

54,423

(298)

18

400

1,744

(350)

1,176

2,690

(17,536)

(1,203)

8,036

(5,095)

(15,798)

41,315

65,325

106,640

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2019

3. Accounting policies
3.1 Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from 
the date of acquisition, being the date 
on which the Group obtains control, 
and continue to be consolidated until the 
date when such control ceases. Control 
is achieved when the Group is exposed, 
or has rights, to variable returns from its 
involvement with the investee and has 
the ability to affect those returns through 
its power over the investee. The financial 
statements of the subsidiaries are 
prepared for the same reporting period 
as the parent company, using consistent 
accounting policies. All intra-group 
balances, transactions, unrealised gains 
and losses resulting from intra-group 
transactions and dividends are eliminated 
in full.

The terms of the acquisition of the shares 
in Watkin Jones Group Limited by the 
Company on its IPO in March 2016 in 
the year ending 30 September 2016 
were such that the Group reconstruction 
should be accounted for as a continuation 
of the existing Group rather than as 
an acquisition, and as such merger 
accounting was applied. Accordingly, the 
difference between the cash consideration 
paid and the nominal value of the share 
capital acquired as part of the Group 
reconstruction were reflected against a 
merger reserve.

3.2 Going concern
The financial statements have been 
prepared on a going concern basis. 
The Directors consider that it is 
appropriate for the financial statements 
to be prepared on this basis having 
considered all relevant information, 
including the Group’s trading and cash 
flow forecasts, the trading opportunities 
available to the Group and the ongoing 
support of its banks.

1. General information
Watkin Jones plc (the “Company”) is a 
public limited company incorporated in 
the United Kingdom under the Companies 
Act 2006 (registration number 9791105). 
The Company is domiciled in the United 
Kingdom and its registered address 
is 21-22 Llandygai Industrial Estate, 
Llandygai, Bangor, Gwynedd LL57 4YH.

The principal activities of the Company and 
its subsidiaries (collectively the “Group”) 
are those of property development and 
the management of properties for multiple 
residential occupation.

The consolidated financial statements 
for the Group for the year ended 
30 September 2019 comprise the 
Company and its subsidiaries. The basis 
of preparation of the consolidated financial 
statements is set out in note 2 below.

2. Basis of preparation 
The financial statements of the Group 
have been prepared and approved by the 
Directors in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) 
as adopted by the European Union. 

The preparation of financial information 
in conformity with IFRS requires 
management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities at the 
date of the financial statements and 
the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period. 
Although these estimates are based on 
management’s best knowledge of the 
amount, event or actions, actual events 
may ultimately differ from those estimates.

The accounting policies set out below 
have, unless otherwise stated, been 
applied consistently to all periods 
presented in these financial statements. 
The financial statements are prepared 
on the historical cost basis except as 
disclosed in these accounting policies.

The financial statements are presented in 
pounds sterling and all values are rounded 
to the nearest thousand (£’000), except 
when otherwise indicated. 

3.3 Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for 
using the acquisition method. The cost 
of any acquisition is measured as the 
aggregate of the consideration transferred, 
measured at acquisition date fair value. 
There have been no non-controlling 
interests recognised in the business 
combinations to date. Acquisition costs 
incurred are expensed and included in 
administrative expenses.

When the Group acquires a business, 
it assesses the assets and liabilities 
assumed for appropriate classification 
and designation in accordance with 
the contractual terms, economic 
circumstances and pertinent conditions 
as at the acquisition date. 

Goodwill is initially measured at cost 
being the excess of the aggregate of the 
consideration transferred over the net 
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed. If the fair value of the net assets 
acquired is in excess of the aggregate 
consideration transferred, the Group 
re-assesses whether it has correctly 
identified all of the assets acquired 
and all of the liabilities assumed and 
reviews the procedures used to measure 
the amounts to be recognised at the 
acquisition date. If the reassessment still 
results in an excess of the fair value of 
net assets acquired over the aggregate 
consideration transferred, then the gain is 
recognised immediately in the statement of 
comprehensive income.

After initial recognition, goodwill is 
measured at cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses. Goodwill is carried 
in the statement of financial position 
at deemed cost as at 1 October 2012, 
the date of transition to IFRS for the 
Group, less accumulated impairment 
losses. For the purpose of impairment 
testing, goodwill acquired in a business 
combination is, from the acquisition 
date, allocated to each of the Group’s 
cash-generating units that are expected to 
benefit from the combination, irrespective 
of whether other assets or liabilities of the 
acquiree are assigned to those units.

Where goodwill has been allocated to 
a cash-generating unit (“CGU”) and 
part of the operation within that unit is 
disposed of, the goodwill associated with 
the disposed operation is included in the 
carrying amount of the operation when 
determining the gain or loss on disposal. 
Goodwill disposed in these circumstances 
is measured based on the relative values of 
the disposed operation and the portion of 
the CGU retained (note 16).

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

85

3.4 Investments in joint ventures
A joint venture is a type of joint 
arrangement whereby the parties that have 
joint control of the arrangement have rights 
to the net assets of the arrangement. 

Joint control is the contractually agreed 
sharing of control of an arrangement, 
which exists only when decisions 
about the relevant activities require 
the unanimous consent of the parties 
sharing control.

The Group’s investments in joint ventures 
are accounted for using the equity method.

Under the equity method, the investment 
in a joint venture is initially recognised 
at cost. The carrying amount of the 
investment is adjusted to recognise 
changes in the Group’s share of net assets 
of the joint venture since the acquisition 
date. Goodwill relating to the joint venture 
is included in the carrying amount of 
the investment and is not tested for 
impairment separately.

The statement of comprehensive income 
reflects the Group’s share of the results of 
operations of the joint venture. Any change 
in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) 
of those investees is presented as part of 
the Group’s OCI. In addition, when there 
has been a change recognised directly in 
the equity of the joint venture, the Group 
recognises its share of any changes, when 
applicable, in the statement of changes 
in equity. Unrealised gains and losses 
resulting from transactions between the 
Group and the joint venture are eliminated 
to the extent of the interest in the 
joint venture.

The aggregate of the Group’s share 
of profit or loss of a joint venture is 
shown on the face of the statement of 
comprehensive income outside operating 
profit and represents profit or loss after tax 
and OCI of the joint venture.

When necessary, adjustments are made 
to bring the accounting policies of joint 
ventures in line with those of the Group. 
After application of the equity method, the 
Group determines whether it is necessary 
to recognise an impairment loss on its 
investment in joint ventures. At each 
reporting date, the Group determines 
whether there is objective evidence 
that the investment in joint ventures is 
impaired. If there is such evidence, the 
Group undertakes an impairment test and 
calculates the amount of any impairment 
as the difference between the recoverable 
amount of the joint venture and its carrying 
value, and then recognises the loss as 
“share of profit of joint ventures” in the 
statement of comprehensive income.

Upon loss of joint control over a joint 
venture, the Group measures and 
recognises any retained investment at 
its fair value. Any difference between the 
carrying amount of the joint venture upon 
loss of joint control and the fair value of the 
retained investment and proceeds from 
disposal is recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income.

3.5 Revenue from contracts  
with customers
The Group’s primary sources of 
revenue from contracts with customers 
are from developing residential and 
commercial properties. It also provides 
accommodation management services to 
third parties. When developing purpose 
built student accommodation (“PBSA”), 
build to rent (“BtR”) and commercial 
properties, the Group often acquires the 
land on which the development will be 
constructed before it is sold to a customer 
alongside a construction contract or 
development agreement for the delivery  
of the relevant scheme. 

Sale of land or completed property
The Group derives a significant portion 
of its revenue from the sale of land, 
and the development and sale of 
completed residential and commercial 
properties. Most of the Group’s land sale 
agreements relate to sites for PBSA and 
BtR developments where the Group has 
obtained planning permission and they 
are sold to customers in conjunction with 
a construction contract for the Group to 
deliver the property.

Contracts for the sale of land and 
completed residential and commercial 
developments are typically satisfied at a 
point in time. This is usually deemed to be 
the legal completion as this is the point at 
which the Group has an enforceable right 
to payment. Revenue from the sale of land, 
residential and commercial properties is 
measured at the transaction price agreed 
in the contract with the customer. 

Construction contracts and 
development agreements
Construction contracts and  
development agreements mainly relate 
to the development of PBSA and BtR 
properties along with any commercial 
elements of these projects. The duration 
of the contracts vary but are typically 18 
to 30 months in duration. Most contracts 
are considered to contain only one 
performance obligation for the purposes 
of recognising revenue, being the 
development of the scheme to the agreed 
specification. 

While the scope of works may include a 
number of different components, in the 
context of construction service activities 
these are usually highly interrelated 
and produce a combined output for 
the customer.

Contracts are typically recognised 
over time as the development works 
are undertaken on land owned and 
therefore controlled by the customer, 
with the services being provided by the 
Group enhancing that land through the 
construction of a building and associated 
landscaping and enabling works.  
In addition, the construction contracts 
or development agreements provide an 
enforceable right to payment for the value 
of construction works performed. Progress 
is typically measured through valuation of 
the works undertaken by a professional 
quantity surveyor, including an assessment 
of any elements for which a price has 
not yet been agreed, such as changes 
in scope.

In order to recognise the profit over time it 
is necessary to estimate the total contract 
revenue and costs. Once the outcome of a 
performance obligation of a construction 
contract or development agreement 
can be reasonably measured, margin 
is recognised in the income statement 
in line with the corresponding stage of 
completion.

Total contract revenue
Contract revenue corresponds to the initial 
amount of revenue agreed in the contract 
and any variations in contract work, claims 
and incentive payments to the extent 
that it is probable that they will result in 
revenue, and they are capable of being 
reliably measured.

Total contract costs 
The estimates for total contract costs 
take account of any uncertainties in the 
cost of work packages which have not yet 
been let and materials which have not yet 
been procured, the expected cost of any 
changes in the scope of works and the 
expected cost of any rectification works 
during the defects liability period. 

Contract costs include costs that relate 
directly to the specific contract and 
costs that are attributable to contract 
activity in general and can be allocated 
to the contract. Costs that relate directly 
to a specific contract comprise: site 
labour costs (including site supervision); 
costs of materials used in construction; 
depreciation of equipment used on the 
contract; costs of design; and technical 
assistance that is directly related to 
the contract.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 86 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

3. Accounting policies continued
3.5 Revenue from contracts  
with customers continued
Significant financing component
The Group often enters into construction 
contracts or development agreements 
which entail a final payment upon the 
practical completion of the property, 
typically linked to its timely completion. 
These amounts are included in the 
estimates for total contract revenue for a 
scheme such that the period between the 
recognition of revenue by the Group and 
when the customer pays can be greater 
than one year. This difference arises 
for reasons other than the provision of 
finance to the customer as it intended to 
provide protection to the customer that 
the Group fulfils its obligations under the 
contract. Accordingly, these contracts 
are not deemed to contain a significant 
financing component. 

Accommodation management
Management fees relate to contracted 
charges for the provision of management 
services as an agent to landlords of 
student accommodation and build to 
rent properties. Management fees are 
recognised in line with the management 
contracts in the period to which they relate.

Rental income
Rents receivable are credited to the 
statement of comprehensive income 
on a straight-line basis. 

3.6 Foreign currency
The Group’s presentational currency, 
which is pounds sterling, is also the 
functional currency of the parent and its 
subsidiaries. Foreign currency transactions 
are translated into the functional currency 
using the exchange rates prevailing at the 
dates of those transactions.

Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at 
each reporting date are retranslated at the 
foreign exchange rate ruling at the date. 
Foreign exchange differences arising on 
translation are recognised in the statement 
of comprehensive income.

3.7 Segment reporting
Operating segments are identified in 
a manner consistent with the internal 
reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-maker. The Group determines 
its reportable segments having regard to 
permitted aggregation criteria with the 
principal condition being that the operating 
segments should have similar economic 
characteristics. For the purposes of 
determining its operating segments, the 
chief operating decision-maker has been 
identified as the Executive Committee. 
This committee approves investment 
decisions, allocates the Group’s resources 
and reviews the internal reporting in order 
to assess performance. 

3.8 Other intangible assets
The cost of intangibles acquired as part of 
a business combination is the fair value at 
the date of acquisition.

Intangible assets other than goodwill 
are stated at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and impairment losses. 
Amortisation is charged to the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income on a straight-line basis over the 
estimated useful lives of the intangible 
assets as follows:

Customer relationships: 

eleven years

Brand: 

ten years

3.9 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated 
at cost less accumulated depreciation 
and impairment losses. Cost represents 
expenditure that is directly attributable to 
the purchase of the asset.

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the 
costs of assets less their residual values over 
their estimated useful lives, on the following 
basis:

Plant and machinery: 
cranes: 
other: 

6.7% reducing balance 
20% reducing balance

Motor vehicles: 

25% reducing balance

The assets’ estimated useful lives, 
depreciation rates and residual values are 
reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at 
the end of each reporting period. 

The gain or loss arising on disposal 
of an asset is determined as the 
difference between the sales proceeds 
and the carrying amount of the asset 
and is recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income.

3.10 Impairment of property, plant 
and equipment and intangible assets 
including goodwill
At each reporting period, the Group 
reviews the carrying amounts of its 
tangible and intangible assets to determine 
whether there is any indication that those 
assets have suffered an impairment 
loss. If any such indication exists, the 
recoverable amount of the asset is 
estimated in order to determine the extent 
of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is 
not possible to estimate the recoverable 
amount of an individual asset, the Group 
estimates the recoverable amount of the 
cash-generating unit (“CGU”) to which the 
asset belongs.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair 
value less costs to sell and value in use.

In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their 
present value using a pre-tax discount rate 
that reflects current market assessments 
of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the asset.

When the carrying amount of an asset 
or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, 
the asset is considered impaired and 
is written down to its recoverable 
amount, with any impairment recognised 
immediately through the statement of 
comprehensive income. 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful 
lives are not amortised, but are tested 
for impairment annually, either individually 
or at the CGU level. The assessment 
of indefinite life is reviewed annually 
to determine whether the indefinite life 
continues to be supportable. If not, 
the change in useful life from indefinite 
to finite is made on a prospective basis.

If indication exists that previously 
recognised impairment losses no longer 
exist or have decreased, the Group 
estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable 
amount. A previously recognised 
impairment loss is reversed only if there 
has been a change in the assumptions 
used to determine the asset’s recoverable 
amount since the last impairment loss 
was recognised. The reversal is limited so 
that the carrying amount of the asset does 
not exceed its recoverable amount, nor 
exceed the carrying amount that would 
have been determined, net of depreciation, 
had no impairment loss been recognised 
for the asset in prior years. Such reversal 
is recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income unless the asset 
is carried at a revalued amount, in which 
case the reversal is treated as a revaluation 
reserve. No impairment loss in respect of 
goodwill is permitted to be reversed.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

87

3.11 Inventory
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost 
and net realisable value. Cost comprises 
all costs directly attributable to the 
purchasing and development of the 
property, including the acquisition of land 
and buildings, legal costs, attributable 
overheads, attributable finance costs and 
the cost of bringing developments to their 
present condition at the balance sheet 
date. Net realisable value is based on 
estimated selling price less the estimated 
cost of disposal. Provision is made for 
any obsolete or slow-moving inventory 
where appropriate. 

3.12 Financial assets
Financial assets are classified, at initial 
recognition, and subsequently measured 
at amortised cost or fair value through 
other comprehensive income (“OCI”). 
The classification of financial assets 
at initial recognition depends on the 
financial asset’s contractual cash flow 
characteristics and the Group’s business 
model for managing them. With the 
exception of trade receivables, the Group 
initially measures a financial asset at its 
fair value plus transaction costs. Trade 
receivables are initially recognised at fair 
value and are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest 
rate method with an appropriate allowance 
for estimated irrecoverable amounts 
recognised in the income statement when 
there is objective evidence that the asset 
is impaired. 

The Group’s investments in unit trusts 
and equity interests held under shared 
ownership schemes are classified as 
equity instruments designated at fair 
value through OCI. Gains and losses on 
these assets are never recycled to profit 
or loss. Dividends are recognised as other 
income in the statement of comprehensive 
income when the right to payment has 
been established, except when the Group 
benefits from such proceeds as a recovery 
of the costs of the financial asset, in 
which case such gains are recorded in 
OCI. Equity instruments designated at 
fair value through OCI are not subject to 
impairment assessment. In the previous 
financial period, the Group’s investments 
in unit trusts and equity instruments held 
under shared ownership schemes were 
classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”) 
financial assets. After initial measurement, 
AFS financial assets were subsequently 
measured at fair value, with unrealised 
gains or losses recognised through OCI in 
the AFS reserve. 

Impairment of financial assets
The Group recognises lifetime expected 
credit losses for trade receivables, contract 
assets and loans to joint ventures. The 
expected credit losses on these financial 
assets are estimated based on the Group’s 
historical credit loss experience, adjusted 
for factors that are specific to the debtors, 
general economic conditions and an 
assessment of both the current as well as 
forecast direction of economic conditions 
at the reporting date, including the time 
value of money where appropriate.

3.13 Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial 
recognition, as loans and borrowings or 
payables. They are initially recognised 
at fair value net of directly attributable 
transaction costs. The Group’s financial 
liabilities include trade and other payables 
and loans and borrowings, including bank 
overdrafts. The subsequent measurement 
of financial liabilities depends on their 
classification as follows:

Loans and borrowings
After initial recognition, interest-bearing 
loans and borrowings are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate (“EIR”) method. 
Gains and losses are recognised in the 
statement of comprehensive income when 
the liabilities are derecognised as well as 
through the EIR amortisation process. 

Amortised cost is calculated by taking 
into account any discount or premium 
on acquisition and fees or costs that 
are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR 
amortisation is included in finance costs 
in the statement of comprehensive income.

Borrowing costs
All borrowing costs are recognised in 
the Group’s profit for the year on an EIR 
basis except for interest costs that are 
directly attributable to the construction 
of qualifying assets, being the Group’s 
inventory. These are capitalised and 
included within the cost of the asset. 
Capitalisation commences when both 
expenditure on the asset and borrowing 
costs are being incurred, and necessary 
activities to prepare the asset for use 
are in progress. In the case of new 
developments, this is generally once 
planning permission has been obtained. 
Capitalisation ceases when the asset is 
ready for use or sale. Interest capitalised 
relates to borrowings specific to a 
development.

Derecognition
A financial liability is derecognised 
when the obligation under the liability 
is discharged or cancelled or expires. 

When an existing financial liability is 
replaced by another from the same 
lender on substantially different terms, 
or the terms of an existing liability 
are substantially modified, such an 
exchange or modification is treated as a 
derecognition of the original liability and 
the recognition of a new liability, and the 
difference in the respective carrying 
amounts is recognised in the statement 
of comprehensive income.

3.14 Fair value measurement
Fair value is the price that would be 
received to sell an asset or paid to transfer 
a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement 
date. The fair value measurement is based 
on the presumption that the transaction to 
sell the asset or transfer the liability takes 
place either:

•  in the principal market for the asset or 

liability; or

•  in the absence of a principal market, in 
the most advantageous market for the 
asset or liability.

The principal or the most advantageous 
market must be accessible by the Group.

The fair value of an asset or a liability is 
measured using the assumptions that 
market participants would use when 
pricing the asset or liability, assuming that 
market participants act in their economic 
best interest.

All assets and liabilities for which fair value 
is measured or disclosed in the financial 
statements are categorised within the 
fair value hierarchy, described as follows, 
based on the lowest level input that is 
significant to the fair value measurement 
as a whole:

•  Level 1 – quoted (unadjusted) market 
prices in active markets for identical 
assets or liabilities;

•  Level 2 – valuation techniques for which 
the lowest level input that is significant 
to the fair value measurement is directly 
or indirectly observable; and

•  Level 3 – valuation techniques for 
which the lowest level input that is 
significant to the fair value measurement 
is unobservable.

3.15 Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents in the 
statement of financial position comprises 
cash at bank and in hand.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 88 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

3. Accounting policies continued
3.16 Employee benefits
The Group operates a defined contribution 
plan, for which it pays contributions to 
privately administered pension plans on 
a contractual basis. The contributions 
are recognised as an employee benefit 
expense as they fall due.

3.17 Employee benefits – 
long‑term incentive plans
The Group operates a long-term incentive 
plan for certain members of the senior 
management team under which those 
employees receive remuneration in 
the form of share-based payments, 
whereby employees render services as 
consideration for equity instruments 
(“equity-settled transactions”). The cost 
of the equity-settled transactions is 
determined by the fair value at the date 
the grant is made using an appropriate 
valuation model, further details of which 
are given in note 31. 

That cost is recognised in staff costs 
note 10, together with a corresponding 
increase in equity over the period to which 
the service and performance conditions 
are fulfilled (“the vesting period”). 
The cumulative expense recognised 
for equity-settled transactions at each 
reporting date until the vesting date reflects 
the extent to which the vesting period has 
expired and the Group’s best estimate of 
the number of equity instruments which 
will ultimately vest. The expense or credit 
in the statement of comprehensive income 
for a period represents the movement in 
cumulative expenses recognised as at the 
beginning and end of that period.

Service and non-market performance 
conditions are not taken into account 
when determining the grant date fair 
value of awards, but the likelihood of the 
conditions being met is assessed as part 
of the Group’s best estimate of the number 
of equity instruments which will ultimately 
vest. Market performance conditions are 
reflected within the grant date fair value. 

No expense is recognised for awards that 
do not ultimately vest because non-market 
performance and/or service conditions 
have not been met. Where awards include 
a market condition the transactions are 
treated as vested irrespective of whether 
the market or non-vesting condition 
is satisfied, provided that all other 
performance and/or service conditions  
are satisfied.

3.18 Leases
The determination of whether an 
arrangement is (or contains) a lease 
is based on the substance of the 
arrangement at the inception of the lease. 
The arrangement is, or contains, a lease if 
fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent 
on the use of a specific asset or assets and 
the arrangement conveys a right to use 
the asset or assets, even if that right is not 
explicitly specified in an arrangement.

Group as a lessee
A lease is classified at the inception date 
as a finance lease or an operating lease. 
A lease that transfers substantially all the 
risks and rewards incidental to ownership 
to the Group is classified as a finance 
lease. Finance leases are capitalised at 
the commencement of the lease at the 
inception date fair value of the leased 
property or, if lower, at the present 
value of the minimum lease payments. 
Lease payments are apportioned between 
finance charges and reduction of the lease 
liability so as to achieve a constant rate of 
interest on the remaining balance of the 
liability. Finance charges are recognised 
in finance costs in the statement of 
comprehensive income. A leased asset 
is depreciated over the useful life of the 
asset. However, if there is no reasonable 
certainty that the Group will obtain 
ownership by the end of the lease term, 
the asset is depreciated over the shorter 
of the estimated useful life of the asset and 
the lease term.

An operating lease is a lease other than a 
finance lease. Operating lease payments 
are recognised as an operating expense in 
the statement of comprehensive income 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Group as a lessor
Leases in which the Group does not 
transfer substantially all the risks and 
rewards of ownership of an asset are 
classified as operating leases. Initial 
direct costs incurred in negotiating and 
arranging an operating lease are added 
to the carrying amount of the leased asset 
and recognised over the lease term on the 
same basis as rental income. Contingent 
rents are recognised as revenue in the 
period in which they are earned. 

3.19 Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year 
comprises current and deferred tax. 
Tax is recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognised 
in OCI or those recognised directly in 
equity, in which case it is recognised in 
accordance with the underlying item.

Current tax is the expected tax payable 
or receivable on the taxable income or 
loss for the year, using tax rates enacted 
or substantively enacted at the reporting 
date, and any adjustment to tax payable in 
respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary 
differences arising between the tax bases 
of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts in the financial statements. 
Deferred tax is determined using tax 
rates and laws that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted by the year 
end and are expected to apply when the 
related deferred tax asset is realised or the 
deferred tax liability is settled. A deferred 
tax asset is recognised only to the extent 
that it is probable that future taxable 
profits will be available against which 
the temporary difference can be utilised.

3.20 Exceptional items
Exceptional items are disclosed separately 
in the financial statements where it is 
necessary to do so to provide further 
understanding of the financial performance 
of the Group. They are material items of 
income or expense that have been shown 
separately due to the significance of their 
nature or amount.

3.21 Provisions 
A provision is recognised when the Group 
has a legal or constructive obligation as a 
result of a past event and it is probable that 
an outflow of economic benefits will be 
required to settle the obligation. The Group 
makes provision for future operating 
lease rental commitments relating to 
properties where it is probable that those 
commitments cannot be fully met from 
the economic benefits derived from the 
operation of the properties concerned. 
If the effect of the time value of money 
is material, provisions are discounted 
using the Group’s weighted average 
cost of capital.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

89

4. Critical accounting judgements 
and key sources of estimation 
uncertainty
In the application of the Group’s 
accounting policies, which are described 
in note 3, management is required to make 
judgements, estimates and assumptions 
about the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities that are not readily apparent from 
other sources.

Judgements
In the process of applying the Group’s 
accounting policies, management has 
made the following judgement, which has 
the most significant effect on the amounts 
recognised in the financial statements: 

Sale and operating leaseback 
of properties
The accounting treatment of the sale and 
leaseback depends upon the substance 
of the transaction (applying the lease 
classification principles described 
in note 3.18). For sale and operating 
leasebacks, the assets are sold at fair 
value, and accordingly the profit or loss 
from the sale is recognised immediately 
in the statement of comprehensive 
income. Several property operating 
leasebacks have been entered into in 
the period between 1 October 2009 
and 30 September 2019. When forming 
the conclusion of operating lease 
classification, consideration has been 
given to the key lease classification 
indicators of IAS 17. 

The leases are typically for a three to 
35-year period. The Directors have 
reviewed the remaining useful lives for 
these particular properties and concluded 
they are significantly longer than the 
period of the lease. Other key indicators 
considered in reaching an operating lease 
classification were the present value of 
the minimum lease payments and the 
ownership clauses in the contracts upon 
expiry of the lease.

Estimates and assumptions
Estimates and underlying assumptions are 
reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions 
to accounting estimates are recognised in 
the period in which the estimate is revised 
if the revision affects only that period, or 
in the period of the revision and future 
periods if the revision affects both current 
and future periods.

Revenue recognition
When the Group recognises revenue under 
a construction contract or development 
agreement, revenue is recognised using 
the percentage of completion method as 
construction progresses with the estimated 
total revenue and cost to complete forming 
key estimates in determining the amount 
of revenue recognised. The estimates for 
total contract costs take account of any 
uncertainties in the cost of work packages 
which have not yet been let and materials 
which have not yet been procured, the 
expected cost of any changes in the 
scope of works and the expected cost of 
any rectification works during the defects 
liability period.

Provision for onerous 
lease commitments
As described in note 3.21, the Group 
makes provisions for future operating 
lease rental commitments relating to 
properties where it is probable that those 
commitments cannot be fully met from 
the economic benefits derived from the 
operation of the property concerned. 
In making this assessment, the Group 
estimates the future economic benefits 
that will be derived from the operations of 
the properties, taking into account their 
current economic performance and known 
performance conditions, and compares 
this to the estimated future lease rental 
obligations, taking into account the 
rent review terms and estimated future 
increases in rents payable.

Accrual for remedial works
The Group makes an accrual for remedial 
works where the Group accepts the liability 
to carry out such works. The amount of 
the accrual is based on management’s 
estimate of the cost to complete the works.

5. New standards and 
interpretations 
New standards and interpretations 
adopted for the first time during  
the financial year ended 
30 September 2019
IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts 
with customers’
The Group adopted IFRS 15 ‘Revenue 
from contracts with customers’ from 
1 October 2018 retrospectively using the 
modified retrospective approach in respect 
of all contracts. Under the modified 
retrospective approach the results of the 
prior year are not restated but the initial 
impact of adopting the standard is taken 
to opening reserves. IFRS 15 replaces IAS 
18 ‘Revenue’ and IAS 11 ‘Construction 
Contracts’ and introduces a five-step 
model to account for revenue, with new 
guidance provided in areas on which 
previous IFRS were silent. 

The adoption of the new standard has 
required the land sale and development 
agreement elements for forward-sold 
schemes to be accounted for separately, 
rather than treating them as a combined 
agreement. Previously, the profit 
margin recognised was calculated with 
reference to the combined revenue 
and costs from both the land sales and 
development agreement. Under IFRS 
15 the revenue and costs from these 
two contracts are assessed separately, 
resulting in different profit margins being 
recognised in relation to each contract. 
The effect on the Group’s results for 
the year ended 30 September 2019 
has been to reduce revenues and profit 
before tax by £613,000, to increase the 
tax creditor by £116,000 and to restate 
opening reserves at 1 October 2018 by 
an increase of £497,000.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 90 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

5. New standards and 
interpretations continued
New standards and interpretations 
adopted for the first time during  
the financial year ended 
30 September 2019 continued
IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’
The Group also adopted IFRS 9 
‘Financial instruments’ from 
1 October 2018. The Group accounts for its 
financial assets and liabilities at fair value 
and does not have any complex financial 
instruments. The adoption of IFRS 9 has 
not had a material effect on the Group’s 
financial statements. However, the Group 
has determined that assets previously 
reported as “available-for-sale” should be 
classified as fair value through OCI and 
they have been reclassified to a fair value 
through OCI reserve. The Group’s sales on 
credit are typically to financial institutions 
with strong credit ratings and therefore 
the implementation of an expected credit 
loss model of assessing the impairment of 
trade receivables has not had a significant 
impact. 

New standards and interpretations 
that have not yet been adopted
The following standards and interpretations 
that are anticipated to be relevant to the 
Group have an effective date after the date 
of these financial statements. The Group 
has not early adopted them and plans to 
adopt them from the effective dates once 
endorsed for application in the EU. 

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
General impact of application of 
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
IFRS 16 replaces IAS 17 ‘Leases’ 
and IFRIC 4 ‘Determining whether an 
Arrangement contains a lease’ and is 
mandatorily effective for accounting 
periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2019. IFRS 16 provides a 
comprehensive model for the identification 
of lease arrangements and their treatment 
in the financial statements for both 
lessors and lessees. The date of initial 
application of IFRS 16 for the Group 
will be 1 October 2019. On transition, 
the Group has chosen to apply the full 
retrospective approach under which the 
retrospective restatement for each prior 
reporting period in accordance with IFRS 
16 will be presented. The two capitalisation 
exemptions proposed by the standard – 
lease contracts with a duration of less than 
twelve months and lease contracts for 
which the underlying asset has a low value 
– will be used. The Group has elected to 
only apply IFRS 16 to contracts previously 
identified as a lease under IAS 17.

In preparation for the first-time adoption 
of IFRS 16, the Group has carried out 
a review of the forecast impact of its 
implementation. IFRS 16 will have a 
material impact on the Group’s financial 
statements, in particular in relation 
to the six sale and leaseback student 
accommodation properties. These 
properties were sold by the Group 
between 2010 and 2016 to institutional 
investors and simultaneously leased 
back by the Group. These leaseback 
arrangements will now be brought onto  
the balance sheet as right-of-use assets. 
IFRS 16 will also have a material impact  
on the Group’s financial statements in 
relation to leases for the rental of office 
space and vehicles.

In contrast to lessee accounting, IFRS 16 
substantially carries forward the lessor 
accounting requirements from IAS 17.

Impact of lessee accounting
IFRS 16 will change how the Group 
accounts for leases previously classified as 
operating leases under IAS 17, which were 
off-balance sheet. On initial application of 
IFRS 16 the Group will:

•  recognise right-of-use assets in the 
consolidated statement of financial 
position, initially measured at the 
present value of the future minimum 
lease payments from the inception of 
each lease discounted at the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate. Depreciation 
will be recognised in relation to this 
right-of-use asset with the initial asset 
valuation calculated on the basis that 
depreciation has been applied from the 
inception of the underlying lease;

•  recognise lease liabilities in the 

consolidated statement of financial 
position, initially measured at the 
present value of the future minimum 
lease payment from the inception 
of each lease discounted at the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate. 
The discount is unwound each year with 
the initial liability valuation calculated on 
the basis that the unwind of the discount 
has been applied from the inception of 
the lease up until the earliest reporting 
period presented; and

•  the difference between the 

right-of-use assets and lease liabilities 
will be recognised as an adjustment to 
equity at the beginning of the earliest 
comparative period presented.

Subsequent treatment will be as follows:

•  recognise depreciation of right-of-use 

assets in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income;

•  the lease liability will be unwound 

each year, with the discount unwind 
recognised as an interest expense; and

•  separate the total amount of cash paid 
into a portion repaying the principal 
of the lease liability (presented within 
financing activities) and interest 
(presented within operating activities) 
in the consolidated statement of 
cash flows.

For short-term leases (lease of twelve 
months or less) and leases of low-value 
assets, the Group will opt to recognise a 
lease expense on a straight-line basis as 
permitted by IFRS 16.

Our assessment of the estimated impact 
of IFRS 16 indicates that on transition on 
1 October 2019, the Group will recognise 
a right-of-use asset of c.£132 million, 
a deferred tax asset of c.£3 million 
and a lease liability of c.£150 million. 
The difference between the right-of-use 
asset, deferred tax asset and lease liability 
is estimated to be c.£15 million and equity 
will be reduced by this amount. 

The application of IFRS 16 will generate a 
different profile for the recognition of lease 
expenditure in the Group statement of 
comprehensive income when compared 
to IAS 17. The calculation of lease liabilities 
under IFRS 16 requires the discounting of 
future minimum lease payments with the 
unwind of the discount then recognised 
in the statement of comprehensive 
income. When estimating future minimum 
lease payments, the minimum rent 
increases applicable under each lease 
are factored into the calculation and for 
the six student accommodation sale and 
leaseback properties these minimum 
annual rent increases range from 1.5% 
to 2.5%. This will result in the timing of 
the recognition of lease costs under IFRS 
16 having a greater weighting in the early 
life of the leases than under IAS 17 and 
lower costs in the later years. In addition, 
EBITDA for the Group will increase 
significantly as the costs associated with 
these leases will now be recognised as 
depreciation and interest. The following 
table summarises the estimated difference 
in cost profile and classification under 
IFRS 16 when compared to IAS 17, 
with the figures reported before the 
impact of corporation tax.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

91

Year ended 

Year ended 
  September 2020  September 2021  September 2022  September 2023  September 2024 
£’000

Year ended 

Year ended 

Year ended 

£’000 

£’000 

£’000 

£’000 

Costs under IAS 17 

Costs under IFRS 16:

Depreciation 

Finance costs 

Total costs under IFRS 16 

Reduction in profit before tax under IFRS 16 

11,200 

11,000 

10,900 

10,800 

10,700

8,500 

4,500 

13,000 

1,800 

8,100 

4,300 

12,400 

1,400 

7,900 

4,100 

12,000 

1,100 

7,700 

3,800 

11,500 

700 

7,400

3,600

11,000

300

The Directors are in the process of analysing the effect of the following new standards which may have an impact on the Group:

Not yet endorsed by the EU:

Standard or interpretation 

Amendments to IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ (issued on 22 October 2018) 

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8: Definition of Material (issued on 31 October 2018) 

Effective for accounting 
periods beginning on or after

  1 January 2020

  1 January 2020

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7: Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (issued on 26 September 2019) 

  1 January 2020

Endorsed by the EU:

Standard or interpretation 

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015-2017 Cycle (issued on 12 December 2017) 

Amendments to IAS 28 ‘Long-term interests in Associates and Joint Ventures’ 

IFRIC 22 ‘Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration’ (issued on 8 December 2016) 

IFRIC 23 ‘Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments’ 

Effective for accounting 
periods beginning on or after

  1 January 2019

  1 January 2019

  1 January 2019

  1 January 2019

6. Disaggregated revenue information

Year ended 30 September 2019 

Type of goods or service 

Construction contracts or  
development agreements 

Sale of land 

Sale of completed property 

Rental income 

Accommodation management 

Total revenue from contracts  
with customers 

Timing of revenue recognition 

Student  
  accommodation 
£’000 

Build 
to rent 
£’000 

Residential 
£’000 

  Accommodation 
management 
£’000 

Corporate  
£’000 

Total 
£’000

183,779 

38,437 

6,250 

17,650 

— 

26,108 

46,312 

— 

1,223 

— 

3,786 

— 

34,278 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7,460 

694 

8,808 

— 

— 

— 

214,367

93,557

40,528

18,873

7,460

246,116 

73,643 

38,064 

7,460 

9,502 

374,785

Goods transferred at a point in time 

Services transferred over time 

Total revenue from contracts  
with customers 

44,687 

201,429 

46,312 

27,331 

34,278 

3,786 

— 

7,460 

8,808 

694 

134,085

240,700

246,116 

73,643 

38,064 

7,460 

9,502 

374,785

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

6. Disaggregated revenue information continued

Year ended 30 September 2018 

Type of goods or service 

Construction contracts or  
development agreements 

Sale of land 

Sale of completed property 

Rental income 

Accommodation management 

Total revenue from contracts  
with customers 

Timing of revenue recognition

Goods transferred at a point in time 

Services transferred over time 

Total revenue from contracts  
with customers 

Student  
accommodation 
£’000 

Build 
to rent 
£’000 

Residential 
£’000 

  Accommodation 
management 
£’000 

Corporate  
£’000 

Total 
£’000

247,152 

43,993 

— 

21,550 

— 

2,426 

— 

— 

1,338 

— 

— 

— 

29,965 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7,302 

8,747 

581 

— 

— 

— 

258,325

44,574

29,965

22,888

7,302

312,695 

3,764 

29,965 

7,302 

9,328 

363,054

43,993 

268,702 

— 

3,764 

29,965 

— 

— 

7,302 

581 

8,747 

74,539

288,515

312,695 

3,764 

29,965 

7,302 

9,328 

363,054

Sales to three individual customers account for greater than 10% of the total revenue, representing revenue of £67,079,000, with 
£37,963,000 reported under the student accommodation segment and £69,629,000 reported under the build to rent segment 
(2018: sales to two individual customers of £56,412,000 and £42,584,000 reported under the student accommodation segment).

7. Segmental reporting
The Group has identified four segments for which it reports under IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’. The following represents the segments 
that the Group operates in:

a.  Student accommodation – the development of purpose-built student accommodation;

b.  Build to rent – the development of build to rent accommodation;

c.  Residential – the development of traditional residential property; and

d.  Accommodation management – the management of student accommodation and build to rent property. 

Corporate – revenue from the development of commercial property forming part of mixed-use schemes and other revenue and costs not 
solely attributable to any one operating segment.

All revenues arise in the UK.

Performance is measured by the Board based on gross profit as reported in the management accounts.

Apart from inventory and work in progress, no other assets or liabilities are analysed into the operating segments.

Year ended 30 September 2019 

Segmental revenue 

Segmental gross profit 

Administration expenses 

Exceptional costs 

Share of operating profit 
in joint ventures 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

Student  
  accommodation 
£’000 

246,116 

51,582 

— 

— 

286 

— 

— 

Build 
to rent 
£’000 

73,643 

13,228 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

51,868 

13,228 

Taxation 

— 

— 

Continuing profit/(loss) for the year 

51,868 

13,228 

Profit for the year attributable to ordinary  
equity shareholders of the parent 

Residential 
£’000 

  Accommodation 
management 
£’000 

38,064 

7,713 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7,713 

— 

7,713 

7,460 

4,586 

(3,167) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,419 

— 

1,419 

Corporate  
£’000 

9,502 

(344) 

(21,305) 

(2,576) 

— 

428 

(695) 

(24,492) 

(9,436) 

(33,928) 

Inventory and work in progress (note 20) 

40,268 

38,608 

45,153 

— 

10,197 

Total 
£’000

374,785

76,765

(24,472)

(2,576)

286

428

(695)

49,736

(9,436)

40,300

40,300

134,226

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

93

Year ended 30 September 2018 

Segmental revenue 

Segmental gross profit 

Administration expenses 

Exceptional income 

Share of disposal of interest  
in joint venture 

Share of operating profit  
in joint ventures 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Taxation 

Student  
accommodation 
£’000 

312,695 

60,705 

— 

— 

— 

1,023 

— 

— 

61,728 

— 

Continuing profit/(loss) for the year 

61,728 

Profit for the year attributable to ordinary  
equity shareholders of the parent 

Build 
to rent 
£’000 

3,764 

1,020 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,020 

— 

1,020 

Residential 
£’000 

  Accommodation 
management 
£’000 

29,965 

4,377 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4,377 

— 

4,377 

7,302 

4,513 

(3,171) 

4,283 

— 

— 

— 

— 

5,625 

— 

5,625 

Corporate  
£’000 

9,328 

1,815 

(19,647) 

— 

121 

— 

228 

(925) 

(18,408) 

(10,136) 

(28,544) 

Inventory and work in progress (note 20) 

32,371 

44,187 

47,021 

— 

9,199 

Total 
£’000

363,054

72,430

(22,818)

4,283

121

1,023

228

(925)

54,342

(10,136)

44,206

44,206

132,778

8. Exceptional (costs)/income

Cost of compensating the Group’s new CEO, Richard Simpson,  
for his forfeit Unite Group plc (“Unite”) 2018 bonus   

Cost of Watkin Jones plc share awards issued on compensating  
Richard Simpson for his forfeit Unite 2015-2017 share awards 

Compensation for reduction in scope of services and termination of accommodation management 
contracts resulting from the sale of a portfolio of properties by the Curlew Student Trust 

Profit share arising from the sale of the portfolio of properties by the Curlew Student Trust 

Total exceptional (costs)/income 

Year ended 
30 September  
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September  
2018 
£’000

(411) 

(2,165) 

— 

— 

(2,576) 

—

—

3,020

1,263

4,283

In the year ended 30 September 2018, following the sale of a portfolio of properties by the Curlew Student Trust (“CST”), Fresh 
Property Group (“FPG”) was compensated for the initial reduction in the scope of management services and subsequent termination of 
the accommodation management contracts for those properties by the new owner. In addition, FPG holds a carried interest investment 
in CST associated with its role as preferred property manager and received a share of the profit realised by CST on the sale of the 
property portfolio.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

9. Total operating profit
This is stated after charging/(crediting):

Operating lease rentals 

Audit services to the parent company 

Audit services to the subsidiaries  

Loss on foreign exchange 

Amortisation of intangible assets  

Depreciation: 

Owned assets 

Assets under finance leases 

Profit on disposal of fixed assets  

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

11,475 

14,600

77 

124 

18 

559 

539 

296 

(43) 

77

124

571

559

405

320

(7)

13,045 

16,649

10. Staff numbers and costs
The average number of persons employed by the Group (including Directors) during the year, analysed by category, was as follows:

Construction 

Accommodation management 

Management and administration   

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:

Wages and salaries 

Employee incentive – long-term incentive plans (note 31) 

Social security costs 

Defined contribution pension costs 

Number of employees

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018

243 

474 

109 

826 

248

388

95

731

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

21,566 

2,227 

2,814 

690 

27,297 

20,756

84

2,397

619

23,856

Pensions
The Group operates a defined contribution Group personal pension plan scheme for the benefit of the employees and certain Directors. 
The assets of the scheme are administered in a fund independent from those of the Group. Contributions during the year amounted to 
£690,000 (2018: £619,000). There are £51,000 unpaid contributions at the end of the year (2018: £47,000). 

The Group also operates a small defined contribution scheme for the benefit of certain former employees. This scheme is closed to new 
entrants. The assets of the scheme are administered by trustees in a fund independent from those of the Group. Contributions during the 
year amounted to £Nil (2018: £Nil). 

In addition, the Group operates a small self-administered pension scheme for the benefit of certain current and former Directors. 
The assets of the scheme are administered by trustees, who include Mark Watkin Jones, who was a Director of the Group during the 
year. The scheme is subject to actuarial review on a triennial basis. The benefits provided by the scheme are limited to its available assets. 
Contributions to the scheme during the year amounted to £Nil (2018: £Nil). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

95

Key management personnel
The Group considers that its Directors and other senior managers who are either members of the Executive Committee or Directors of 
Watkin Jones & Son Limited are key management personnel for the purposes of IAS 24 ‘Related Parties’.

The aggregate payroll costs of key management personnel were as follows:

Wages and salaries 

Employee incentive – long-term incentive plans (note 31) 

Social security costs 

Defined contribution pension costs 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000  

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

3,910 

2,215 

865 

213 

7,203 

3,648

78

456

175

4,357

The above amounts for the year ended 30 September 2019 include the exceptional costs of £2,576,000 in compensating Richard Simpson 
for the forfeiture of his incentive awards on leaving his former employer (note 8). These include an amount of £362,000 included in 
“Wages and salaries” in respect of his forfeit 2018 bonus and an amount of £1,902,000 included in “Employee incentive – long-term 
incentive plans” in respect of his forfeit 2015-2017 share awards. The employer’s national insurance charge on those amounts 
of £312,000 has been included in “Social security costs”.

11. Directors’ emoluments

Directors’ emoluments 

Employee incentive – long-term incentive plans 

Contributions to money purchase pension schemes 

Highest paid Director: 

Emoluments 

Employee incentive – long-term incentive plans 

Contributions to money purchase pension schemes 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

1,566 

2,083 

82 

874 

2,040 

56 

1,283

20

58

659

—

35

The amounts included above for the highest paid director, Richard Simpson, include the costs of compensating him for the forfeiture of 
his incentive awards on leaving his former employer, as referred to in note 10.

12. Finance costs

Finance charges 

Finance charges payable under finance leases 

Other interest payable 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

612 

53 

30 

695 

866

48

11

925

During the year the Group has capitalised interest payable on bank loans of £216,000 (2018: £322,000) in development land and work 
in progress. The prior year comparative has been restated to reclassify certain bank interest payments from other interest payable to 
finance charges.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

13. Income taxes

Current income tax 

UK corporation tax on profits for the year 

Adjustments in respect of previous periods 

Total current tax 

Deferred tax 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences   

Adjustments in respect of prior year 

Total deferred tax 

Total tax expense 

Reconciliation of total tax expense

Accounting profit before income tax 

Profit multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2018: 19%) 

Expenses not deductible 

Income not taxable 

Joint ventures results reported net of tax 

Other differences 

Prior period adjustment 

At the effective rate of tax of 19.0% (2018: 18.7%)  

Income tax expense reported in the statement of profit or loss 

Income tax attributed to an available-for-sale asset 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

9,439 

183 

9,622 

(262) 

76 

(186) 

10,320

(101)

10,219

(84)

1

(83)

9,436 

10,136

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended  
30 September 
2018 
£’000

49,736 

9,450 

282 

(79) 

— 

12 

(229) 

9,436 

9,436 

— 

9,436 

54,342

10,325

499

(441)

(242)

104

(100)

10,145

10,136

9

10,145

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

97

14. Earnings per share
Basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit or loss for the year attributable to ordinary 
equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year. For the years ending 30 September 2019 
and 30 September 2018, all profits arise from continuing operations.

The following table reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted EPS computations:

Profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent 

Adjusted profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent  
(excluding exceptional (costs)/income after tax) 

Number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share  

Adjustment for the effects of dilutive potential ordinary shares 

Weighted average number for diluted earnings per share  

Basic earnings per share 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

40,300 

44,206

42,621 

40,737

  Number of shares  Number of shares

255,382,181 

255,268,875

658,650 

102,929

256,040,831 

255,371,804

Pence 

Pence

Basic profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent 

15.780 

17.317

Adjusted proforma basic earnings per share  
(excluding exceptional (costs)/income after tax)   

Adjusted profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent 

16.689 

15.958

Diluted earnings per share 

Basic profit for the year attributable to diluted equity holders of the parent 

15.740 

17.310

Adjusted proforma diluted earnings per share  
(excluding exceptional (costs)/income after tax)   

Adjusted profit for the year attributable to diluted equity holders of the parent 

16.646 

15.952

15. Dividends

Interim dividend paid in June 2019 of 2.75 pence (June 2018: 2.47 pence) 

Final dividend paid in February 2019 of 5.13 pence (February 2018: 4.4 pence) 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

7,018 

13,095 

20,113 

6,304

11,232

17,536

The final dividend proposed for the year ended 30 September 2019 is 5.6 pence per ordinary share. This dividend was declared after 
30 September 2019 and as such the liability of £14,320,438 has not been recognised at that date. At 30 September 2019, the Company 
had distributable reserves available of £115,135,000 (30 September 2018: £135,248,000).

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

16. Intangible assets

Cost 

Customer  
relationships 
£’000 

Brand 
£’000 

Goodwill 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

At 1 October 2017, 30 September 2018 and 30 September 2019 

5,604 

499 

9,744 

15,847

Amortisation 

At 1 October 2017 

Amortisation for the year 

At 30 September 2018 

Amortisation for the year 

At 30 September 2019 

Net book value 

As at 30 September 2019 

As at 30 September 2018 

806 

509 

1,315 

509 

1,824 

3,780 

4,289 

79 

50 

129 

50 

179 

320 

370 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

9,744 

9,744 

885

559

1,444

559

2,003

13,844

14,403

Intangible assets relate to the acquisition of Fresh Property Group Ltd (formerly Fresh Student Living Limited), which was acquired by 
the Group in the year ending 30 September 2016. The Directors have reviewed the carrying value of the investment in Fresh Property 
Group Ltd, which is a single CGU, at 30 September 2019, compared to its recoverable amount and are satisfied that no impairment is 
required. The recoverable amount has been based on value in use, by reference to the budgets and projected cash flows for the CGU 
over a 20-year period, with future cash flows discounted at a rate of 7% to reflect the time value of money. A 20-year cash flow period for 
the CGU has been used as this appropriately reflects the longer-term nature of its business, given the duration and renewable nature of 
student accommodation and build to rent property management agreements in place.

The following are the key assumptions used in projecting the cash flows:

•  contracted management agreements in place are renewed in line with past experience;

•  new management agreements are secured to deliver the budgeted beds under management for the CGU for the three-year period 
ending 30 September 2022. In the following two years, the number of beds under management increase by 2,500 per annum each 
year before increasing by 2,000 beds per annum in the year ending 30 September 2025 and 1,500 beds per annum in the year ending 
30 September 2026. Thereafter management agreements are secured to manage an additional 1,000 student beds per annum. 
This reflects the CGU’s past success in securing new management agreements in the student accommodation sector along with 
assumed growth in apartments under management in the build to rent market;

•  management fees charged will increase at 3% per annum, in line with assumed RPI inflation;

•  the achieved gross margin is maintained in line with past experience; and

•  indirect costs are incurred in line with the budgets for the CGU for the period ending 30 September 2022 and thereafter increase at 
4% per annum. This reflects underlying assumed RPI inflation of 3% plus an allowance for additional indirect costs as a result of the 
increase in beds under management.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

17. Property, plant and equipment

Cost 

At 30 September 2017 

Additions 

Disposals 

At 30 September 2018 

Additions 

Disposals 

At 30 September 2019 

Depreciation 

At 30 September 2017 

Charge for the year 

Disposals 

At 30 September 2018 

Charge for the year 

Disposals 

At 30 September 2019 

Net book value 

At 30 September 2019 

At 30 September 2018 

At 30 September 2017 

99

Total 
£’000

7,527

634

(65)

8,096

1,037

(193)

8,940

2,616

725

(54)

3,287

835

(148)

3,974

4,966

4,809

4,911

Plant and  
machinery 
£’000 

Motor vehicles 
£’000 

7,370 

634 

(65) 

7,939 

1,037 

(193) 

8,783 

2,461 

725 

(54) 

3,132 

835 

(148) 

3,819 

4,964 

4,807 

4,909 

157 

— 

— 

157 

— 

— 

157 

155 

— 

— 

155 

— 

— 

155 

2 

2 

2 

Finance leases
The carrying value of plant and machinery and motor vehicles held under finance leases at 30 September 2019 was £3,037,000 
(2018: £3,321,000). Additions during the year include £709,000 (2018: £336,000) of plant and machinery under finance leases. 

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

18. Subsidiaries
The Group holds 100% of the share capital of the following unless otherwise stated:

Name 

Anderson Wharf (Student) Limited4 

Bailey Lane Student Limited4 

Blackhorse Lane Student Limited4  

Bridge Street Student Limited4 

Christchurch Road Bournemouth Limited4 

Crown Place Woking Limited4* 

Customhouse Student Limited4 

Duncan House Developments Limited4 

Ellen Street Hove Limited4* 

Elliot Road Selly Oak Limited4 

Fairleague Limited4 

Forest Road Student Limited4 

Garthdee Road Aberdeen Limited4 

Gladstone Road Exeter Limited4*  

Goldcharm Limited4 

Goldcharm Residential Limited4   

Gorse Stacks Development Limited5 

Harefield Road, Uxbridge Limited4 

Heol Santes Helen Limited4 

Holdenhurst Road Bournemouth Limited4 

Hunter Street Chester Limited4  

Iona Street Edinburgh Limited4 

Kelaty House Wembley Limited4*  

Kyle Street Student Limited4* 

Liverpool Road Chester Limited4   

Logie Green Development Limited4 

Lower Bristol Road Bath Limited4* 

Market Street Newcastle Limited4 

Megaleague Limited4 

Military Road Canterbury Limited4 

Onega Centre Bath Limited4 

Oxford House Bournemouth Limited4 

Pittodrie Street Aberdeen Limited4 

Quarter House Studios Limited4   

Rockingham Street Student Limited4 

Sherlock Street Birmingham Limited4 

Spiritbond Stockwell Green Limited4  

St Mungo Avenue Glasgow Limited4 

Stylegood Limited4 

Superscheme Limited4 

Sutton Court Road Limited4 

Trafford Street Chester Limited4   

Victoria Park Bath Limited4 

Watkin Jones & Son Limited3 

Class of shares 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

  Nature of business

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

Property developer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

101

Name 

Wisedeed Limited4 

Fresh Property Group Ltd8 

Fresh Property Group Ireland Limited9* 

Five Nine Living Limited8 

DR (Student) Limited4 

Fresh Property Group Holdings Ltd4  

Watkin Jones Group Limited1  

Watkin Jones Holdings Limited2 

Newmark Developments Limited4  

Watkin Jones AM Limited4 

Saxonhenge Limited4 

Darley Student Accommodation Limited6 

Dunaskin Student Limited4 

Finefashion Limited4 

Goldcharm Student Lettings Limited4 

Lucas Student Lettings Limited4   

New Bridewell Limited4 

New Bridewell 1 Limited7 

New Bridewell 2 Limited7 

Nicelook Limited4 

Polarpeak Limited4 

Qualityoffer Limited4 

Scarlet P Limited4 

Swiftmatch Limited4 

Extralap Limited5 

Extraneat Limited4 

WJ Developments (Residential) Limited5 

Incorporated during the year.

* 
1.  Wholly owned by Watkin Jones plc.
2.  Wholly owned by Watkin Jones Group Limited.
3.  Wholly owned by Watkin Jones Holdings Limited.
4.  Wholly owned by Watkin Jones & Son Limited.
5.  Wholly owned by Newmark Developments Limited.
6.  Wholly owned by DR (Student) Limited.
7.  Wholly owned by New Bridewell Limited.
8.  Wholly owned by Fresh Property Group Holdings Ltd.
9.  Wholly owned by Fresh Property Group Ltd.

Class of shares 

Ordinary 

  Nature of business

Property developer

Ordinary 

Accommodation management

Ordinary 

Accommodation management

Ordinary 

Accommodation management

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Holding company

Holding company

Holding company

Holding company

Ordinary  Holding company and property 
development services

Ordinary 

Property fund asset manager

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Leasing of aeroplane

Property letting

Property letting

Property letting

Property letting

Property letting

Property letting

Property letting 

Property letting

Property letting

Property letting

Property letting

Property letting

  Property letting

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

All of the Group’s subsidiaries have the same registered office address as the Company, with the exception of Fresh Property Group 
Holdings Ltd, Fresh Property Group Ltd and Five Nine Living Limited, whose registered office address is 7-9 Swallow Street, London 
W18 4DE, and Fresh Property Group Ireland Limited, whose registered office is One Spencer Dock, North Wall Quay, Dublin 1, Ireland.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

19. Joint ventures
At 30 September 2019, the Group had the following joint ventures, whose principal place of business is the UK:

Name 

Deiniol Developments Limited1 

Lacuna Academy Street Limited1   

Lacuna Belfast Limited1 

Lacuna Dublin Road Limited1 

Lacuna WJ Limited1 

Spiritbond Finsbury Park Limited1 

Spiritbond Elephant & Castle Limited1 

Freshers PBSH Chester (General Partner) Limited1   

1.  Held by Watkin Jones & Son Limited.

Class of shares 

  Percentage share 
capital held 

Financial 
year end 

Activity

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

50% 

30 September 

Property development 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

50% 

30 September 

50% 

30 September 

Property development

Property development

Property development

Property development

Dormant

Dormant

50% 

30 September 

Property fund general partner

The Group’s interests in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

Summarised financial information of the joint ventures and reconciliation with the carrying amount of the investment in the consolidated 
statement of financial position are set out below:

Lacuna  
  Academy Street 
Limited 
£’000 

Lacuna 
Belfast 
Limited 
£’000 

Lacuna 
 Dublin Road 
Limited 
£’000 

Lacuna WJ 
Limited  
£’000 

All other 
joint 
ventures 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 2019 

Revenue 

Operating profit/(loss) 

Finance income/(expense) 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Income tax gain/(expense) 

Profit/(loss) for the year  

Total comprehensive  
income/(loss) for the year 

Group share of profit/(loss)  
for the year 

Current assets, including  
cash and cash equivalents 

Non-current assets 

Current liabilities, including  
financial liabilities 

Non-current liabilities, including  
financial liabilities 

Equity 

Remove joint venture partners’  
share of net assets 

Group’s carrying amount  
of the investment 

— 

(18) 

— 

(18) 

(4) 

(22) 

(22) 

(11) 

1,821 

— 

(1,862) 

— 

(41) 

21 

(20) 

— 

(2) 

— 

(2) 

— 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

509 

— 

(52) 

— 

457 

— 

566 

1 

567 

(112) 

455 

455 

228 

— 

29 

1 

30 

18 

48 

48 

74 

— 

(6) 

— 

(6) 

— 

(6) 

(6) 

(3) 

2,698 

— 

3,951 

— 

566 

— 

Total 
£’000

—

569

2

571

(98)

473

473

286

9,545

—

(40) 

(519) 

(1,490) 

(3,963)

— 

2,658 

— 

3,432 

— 

(924) 

—

5,582

(228) 

(1,329) 

(1,716) 

464 

(2,788)

229 

1,329 

1,716 

(460) 

2,794

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

103

Year ended 
30 September 2018 

Revenue 

Operating profit/(loss) 

Finance income/(expense) 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Income tax gain/(expense) 

Profit/(loss) for the year  

Total comprehensive  
income/(loss) for the year 

Group share of profit/(loss)  
for the year 

Current assets, including  
cash and cash equivalents 

Non-current assets 

Current liabilities, including  
financial liabilities 

Non-current liabilities, including  
financial liabilities 

Equity 

Remove joint venture partners’  
share of net assets 

Group’s carrying amount  
of the investment 

Lacuna  
Academy Street 
Limited 
£’000 

— 

(24) 

— 

(24) 

4 

(20) 

(20) 

(10) 

1,639 

— 

Lacuna 
Belfast 
Limited 
£’000 

— 

(260) 

— 

(260) 

50 

(210) 

(210) 

(105) 

1,814 

— 

Lacuna 
 Dublin Road 
Limited 
£’000 

2,710 

422 

— 

422 

(68) 

354 

354 

177 

3,008 

— 

Lacuna WJ 
Limited  
£’000 

All other 
joint 
ventures 
£’000 

14,904 

2,365 

— 

2,365 

(465) 

1,900 

1,900 

950 

3,941 

— 

— 

19 

— 

19 

3 

22 

22 

11 

554 

— 

Total 
£’000

17,614

2,522

—

2,522

(476)

2,046

2,046

1,023

10,956

—

(1,657) 

(1,356) 

(806) 

(557) 

(1,464) 

(5,840)

— 

(18) 

9 

(9) 

— 

458 

— 

2,202 

— 

3,384 

— 

(910) 

—

5,116

(229) 

(1,101) 

(1,692) 

455 

(2,558)

229 

1,101 

1,692 

(455) 

2,558

On 29 March 2018, the Group disposed of its joint venture interest in Rufus Estates Limited, realising a profit on the disposal of £121,000. 
The proceeds from the disposal amounted to £400,000.

20. Inventory and work in progress

Development land 

Stock and work in progress 

Total inventories at the lower of cost and net realisable value 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

55,605 

78,621 

134,226 

49,232

83,546

132,778

Total costs incurred during the year were £295,146,000 (2018: £287,835,000), of which £55,209,000 are included in inventory and work in 
progress (2018: £44,208,000).

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

21. Contract assets and liabilities
(a) Current contract assets

At 1 October  

Transferred to receivables  

Balance remaining in relation to contract assets at the start of the year 

Increase relating to services provided in the year 

At 30 September 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

8,758 

(4,238) 

4,520 

21,058 

25,578 

—

—

—

—

—

The contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s right to consideration for construction work completed but not invoiced at the balance 
sheet date. The contract assets are transferred to trade receivables when the amounts are certified by the customer. Most of the Group’s 
contracts for student accommodation and build to rent developments are structured such that there is a significant final payment which 
only becomes due upon the practical completion of the relevant property. Most of the Group’s developments span at least two financial 
years, which results in the recognition of a contract asset up until the practical completion of the property, at which point it is transferred 
to trade receivables. None of the contract assets at the end of the year are past due, and taking into account the historical default 
experience and the future prospects in the industry, the Directors consider that no contract assets are impaired.

(b) Current contract liabilities

At 1 October 

Revenue recognised in the year that was included in contract liabilities at the beginning of the year   

Contract liabilities repaid  

Balance remaining in relation to contract liabilities at the start of the year 

Increase due to cash received or invoices raised in the year for  
performance obligations not recognised in revenue 

At 30 September 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

14,314 

11,529 

2,785 

— 

5,164 

5,164 

—

—

—

—

—

—

The contract liabilities primarily relate to the advance consideration received from customers in respect of performance obligations which 
have not yet been fully satisfied and for which revenue has not been recognised. 

The following table includes revenue expected to be recognised in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied or 
partially satisfied at the balance sheet date in relation to the development of student accommodation, build to rent and commercial projects:

Construction contracts 

270,800 

131,025 

— 

401,825

Year ending 
 30 September 
2020 
£’000 

Year ending 
 30 September 
2021 
£’000 

Year ending 
30 September 
2022 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

105

22. Trade and other receivables

Financial assets 

Trade receivables 

Less: provision for impairment of receivables 

Trade receivables – net 

Prepayments and other receivables 

Equity instruments designated at fair value through OCI 

Receivable from related parties (note 37) 

Receivable from joint ventures (note 37) 

Total financial assets 

Other 

Prepayments 

Total trade and other receivables 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

7,902 

— 

7,902 

2,436 

521 

1 

1,588 

12,448 

1,995 

14,443 

10,203

—

10,203

5,801

694

11

1,500

18,209

—

18,209

The fair value of the Group’s equity interest in shared ownership schemes, included within equity instruments designated at fair value 
through OCI, is materially equal to historic cost.

The ageing analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

Neither past due nor impaired 

Past due but not impaired: 

Not more than three months 

Greater than three months 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

7,850 

9,890

28 

16 

—

313

7,902 

10,203

The Group estimates expected credit losses on trade receivables by reference to past default experience of the debtor and an analysis 
of the debtor’s current financial position, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions of the industry 
in which the debtors operate and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date. 
As at 30 September 2019 and 2018, trade receivables that were neither past due nor impaired related to a number of debtors for whom 
there is no recent history of default. The other classes of trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

23. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash at bank and in hand as at 30 September 2019 includes £1,853,000 of cash deposited by the Group in an escrow account 
in connection with a development in progress, access to which is contingent upon the completion of certain development works 
(30 September 2018: £Nil). For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank 
and in hand. The Group has not drawn on any overdraft facilities.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

24. Trade and other payables: current

Financial liabilities 

Trade payables 

Deferred rental income 

Other payables 

Payable to related parties (note 37) 

Payable to joint ventures (note 37) 

Total financial liabilities 

Other 

Other taxes and social security costs 

Accruals  

Deferred income 

Total trade and other payables   

25. Interest‑bearing loans and borrowings

Current 

Svenska Handelsbanken AB five-year term loan 

HSBC Bank plc RCF arrangement fees 

Finance leases 

Non-current 

Svenska Handelsbanken AB five-year term loan 

HSBC Bank plc RCF 

HSBC Bank plc RCF arrangement fees 

Finance leases 

Finance lease disclosure

Within one year 

Later than one year and less than five years 

After five years 

Total minimum lease payments 

Lease amount representing finance charges 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

50,894 

4,519 

1,861 

22 

3,359 

60,655 

6,147 

4,038 

10,567 

81,407 

51,377

6,100

9,221

7

2,904

69,609

4,239

4,857

6,100

84,805

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

457 

(116) 

983 

1,324 

457

(80)

1,228

1,605

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

5,025 

32,135 

(88) 

409 

6,825

17,397

(140)

795

37,481 

24,877

30 September 2019 

30 September 2018

Minimum 
payments 
£’000 

Present value 
of payments 
£’000 

Minimum 
payments 
£’000 

Present value 
of payments 
£’000

983 

409 

— 

1,392 

— 

1,392 

892 

371 

— 

1,263 

53 

1,316 

1,228 

795 

— 

2,023 

— 

— 

1,114

665

—

1,779

69

1,848

There is no material difference between the fair value of the Group’s borrowings and their book values.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

107

During the period, the Group agreed an increase in the amounts available under its five-year revolving credit facility (“RCF”) from 
£40 million to £60 million. The maturity date of the facility remains at 15 March 2021. At 30 September 2019, the Group had undrawn 
borrowing facilities of £37.9 million (2018: £32.6 million) with HSBC Bank plc, comprising its RCF, and a £10 million on-demand and 
undrawn overdraft facility. 

The RCF is secured by a debenture over Watkin Jones Group Limited, Watkin Jones Holdings Limited, Watkin Jones & Son Limited, 
Duncan House Developments Limited, Onega Centre Bath Limited and Sutton Court Road Limited. The applicable interest rate is 2.25% 
over LIBOR.

The loan with Svenska Handelsbanken AB is a five-year term loan secured by a legal charge over certain operating property stock assets. 
The maturity date is 15 March 2022 and the applicable interest rate is 2.65% over three-month LIBOR. 

26. Provisions
Current

At 30 September 2018 

Utilised 

Arising during the year 

Transferred from non-current 

At 30 September 2019 

Non‑current

At 30 September 2018 

Arising during the year 

Transferred to current 

At 30 September 2019 

Onerous lease 
provision 
£’000

1,068

(1,068)

216

647

863

Onerous lease 
provision 
£’000

1,602

1,639

(647)

2,594

A provision has been made for property operating lease commitments (note 34), where it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits 
will be required to settle the obligation. The amount of the provision has been calculated by comparing the expected future rent liabilities 
for the remaining term of the leases with the expected net income from the operations of the properties concerned, excluding future 
maintenance costs. The resultant expected net liabilities have been discounted using an appropriate discount rate to reflect the time 
value of money. 

27. Deferred tax
The movement on the deferred tax account is shown below:

At the start of the period 

Included directly in equity 

Statement of comprehensive income credit 

At the end of the period 

Comprising: 

Deferred tax asset 

Deferred tax liability 

At the end of the period 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

(1,008) 

(1,091)

70 

186 

(752) 

290 

(1,042) 

(752) 

—

83

(1,008)

42

(1,050)

(1,008)

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

27. Deferred tax continued
The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown below:

Short-term 

Accelerated 
  timing differences  capital allowances 
£’000 

£’000 

At 1 October 2018 

Statement of comprehensive income credit 

At 30 September 2019 

(779) 

95 

(684) 

(229) 

161 

(68) 

At 1 October 2017 

Statement of comprehensive income credit/(debit)  

At 30 September 2018 

(889) 

110 

(779) 

(202) 

(27) 

(229) 

Short-term 

Accelerated 
  timing differences  capital allowances 
£’000 

£’000 

Total 
£’000

(1,008)

256

(752)

Total 
£’000

(1,091)

83

(1,008)

Deferred tax credited directly to equity of £70,000 (2018: £Nil) relates to the share scheme movement in Watkin Jones & Son Limited.

28. Other financial assets and liabilities
Other financial assets

Financial instruments at fair value 

Equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Other financial assets 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

1,139 

1,139 

1,350

1,350

Equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income comprise the value of units held by Watkin Jones & Son 
Limited in the Curlew Student Trust (“CST”), together with the value of the carried interest held by Fresh Property Group Ltd in CST and 
Curlew Student Trust 2 (“CST2”). CST and CST2 are Guernsey-registered unitised funds established to invest in student accommodation. 
Watkin Jones & Son Limited originally invested £2,000,000 in CST, as part of an agreement to develop three student accommodation 
properties for the fund, and Fresh Property Group Ltd made a carried interest investment of £500,000 aligned to its role as preferred 
property manager for the fund.

Following the sale of a portfolio of properties by CST during the year ending 30 September 2018, the Group received distributions against 
the carrying value of its investments in CST amounting to £1,744,000. In addition, Fresh Property Group received a profit payment of 
£1,263,000 on its carried interest in CST, which was included in the exceptional income for the year.

From the distribution received, Fresh Property Group Ltd made a further carried interest investment of £350,000 in CST2, which was 
launched in the year following the successful disposal of the portfolio of assets by CST, and aligns with its role as preferred property 
manager for CST2.

The Group received further distributions against the carrying value of its investments in CST amounting to £209,000 in the year ending 
September 2019.

The Group’s investment in CST and CST2 comprises the following:

30 September 2019 

Curlew Student Trust

Units 

Price 
£ 

Units held by Watkin Jones & Son Limited 

1,689,991 

0.4251 

Carried interest investment held by Fresh Property Group Ltd 

Curlew Student Trust 2

Carried interest investment held by Fresh Property Group Ltd 

Group’s carrying amount of the investment 

Value 
£’000

718

71

789

350

350

1,139

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

30 September 2018 

Curlew Student Trust

Units 

Price 
£ 

Units held by Watkin Jones & Son Limited 

1,689,991 

0.5427 

Carried interest investment held by Fresh Property Group Ltd 

Curlew Student Trust 2

Carried interest investment held by Fresh Property Group Ltd 

Group’s carrying amount of the investment 

109

Value 
£’000

917

83

1,000

350

350

1,350

The fair value of the units held by Watkin Jones & Son Limited in the Curlew Student Trust, included within equity instruments designated 
at fair value through other comprehensive income, is based on a quoted fund unit price (Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy). This is an 
investment and is not related to any individual property. The carried interest investments held by Fresh Property Group Ltd are stated at 
fair value (Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy).

29. Financial risk management 
The Group is exposed to a variety of risks, such as market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s principal financial 
instruments are: 

•  loans and borrowings; and

•  trade and other receivables, trade and other payables, and cash arising directly from operations. 

This note provides further detail on financial risk management and includes quantitative information on the specific risks.

The Group recognises that movements in certain risk variables might affect the value of its loans and also the amounts recorded in its 
equity and its profit and loss for the period. Therefore, the Group has assessed the following risks:

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. 
Market risk comprises three types of risk: interest rate risk; currency risk; and other prices risk, such as equity price risk. 

The Group’s exposure is primarily to the financial risks of changes in interest rates in relation to loans and borrowings. 

Interest rate risk
Due to the levels of interest-bearing loans and borrowings, the Group has no material exposure to interest rate movements. 

A 0.5% movement in the interest rate applied to the interest-bearing loans and borrowings would have an impact on the Group’s profit 
before taxation as below:

0.5% change in interest rate 

Impact on profit before tax 

Effect on profit before tax

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

120 

134

Foreign currency risk
Capital items that are non-sterling priced are monitored to review the requirement for appropriate hedging.

Liquidity risk
Cash flow is regularly monitored and the relevant subsidiaries are aware of their working capital commitments. The Group reviews its 
long-term funding requirements in parallel with its long-term strategy, with an objective of aligning both in a timely manner.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s gross, undiscounted financial liabilities at 30 September 2019 and 
30 September 2018:

Liquidity risk – 30 September 2019 

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 

Trade and other payables 

On demand 
£’000 

Less than 
one year 
£’000 

Between one 
and five years 
£’000 

More than 
five years 
£’000 

— 

— 

— 

1,324 

65,819 

67,143 

37,481 

— 

37,481 

— 

— 

— 

Total 
£’000

38,805

65,819

104,624

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

29. Financial risk management continued
Liquidity risk continued

Liquidity risk – 30 September 2018 

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 

Trade and other payables 

On demand 
£’000 

— 

— 

— 

Less than 
one year 
£’000 

1,652 

83,923 

85,575 

Between one 
and five years 
£’000 

More than 
five years 
£’000 

24,830 

— 

24,830 

— 

— 

— 

Total 
£’000

26,482

83,923

110,405

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument leading to a financial loss. The Group is 
exposed to credit risk from its cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. 

Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions is managed by depositing with reputable financial institutions, from which 
management believes the risk of loss to be remote. The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk for the components of the statement of 
financial position is the carrying amounts of cash at bank and in hand.

Credit evaluations are performed for all customers. Management has a policy in place and the exposure to credit risk is monitored on an 
ongoing basis. At the year end there were no significant concentrations of risk. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the 
carrying amount of each financial asset in the statement of financial position. 

Capital management policy
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it has the capital required to operate and grow the business at 
a reasonable cost of capital without incurring undue financial risks. The Board periodically reviews its capital structure to ensure it meets 
changing business needs. The Group defines its capital as equity plus loans and borrowings. The Directors consider the management 
of debt to be an important element in controlling the capital structure of the Group. The Group may carry moderate levels of long-term 
borrowings to fund operations and working capital requirements. The net cash of the Group is analysed in note 33. 

30. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid 

Ordinary shares of one pence each 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

2,553 

2,553

The number of ordinary shares in issue at 30 September 2019 was 255,722,099 (30 September 2018: 255,268,875).

31. Employee benefits – long‑term incentive plans
The Watkin Jones plc Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) was approved by shareholders at the AGM held on 13 February 2018. 
Details of the Plan, the vesting requirements and the performance targets applicable to the awards are set out in the Remuneration 
Committee report on pages 68 to 72. The aggregate total awards granted under the Plan are as follows: 

Share awards granted  

At 1 October 

Granted in the year 

Exercised in the year 

Lapsed in the year 

At 30 September 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
Number 

494,058 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
Number

—

2,219,126 

494,058

(453,224) 

(74,020) 

—

—

2,185,940 

494,058

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

111

The fair value of the share awards granted subject to earnings per share (“EPS”) performance conditions is the market price of an ordinary 
share of the Company at the date the award is granted. The fair value of the share awards granted subject to total shareholder return 
(“TSR”) performance conditions has been estimated at the grant date using a Monte Carlo valuation model. The following table lists the 
inputs to the model used for the share awards granted in 2019 and 2018:

Share price at grant 

Exercise price 

Expected term (years) 

Expected volatility (%) 

Risk-free interest rate (%) 

Are dividend equivalents receivable for the award holder? 

2019 LTIP 

R Simpson 
2018 buyout 

2018 LTIP

215.5 pence 

230.0 pence 

218.5 pence

One pence 

One pence 

One pence

Three 

Three 

26.4 

0.56 

Yes 

27 

0.71 

Yes 

Three

27

0.65

Yes

The total number of shares granted subject to the 2019 buyout awards of Richard Simpson’s Unite LTIPs for 2015 are fixed as the Unite 
Group plc performance targets to which they were linked have already been achieved. The fair value of these awards have been calculated 
using a Black-Scholes valuation model. The following table lists the inputs to the model:

Share price at grant 

Exercise price 

Expected term (years) 

Expected volatility (%) 

Risk-free interest rate (%) 

Are dividend equivalents receivable for the award holder? 

R Simpson 
2015 buyout

230.0 pence

One pence

0.15

27

0.71

Yes

The 2019 buyout awards of Richard Simpson’s Unite Group plc LTIPs for 2016 and 2017 vest based on Unite Group plc’s rather than 
Watkin Jones plc’s performance. These conditions constitute “non-vesting” conditions under IFRS 2. As such, the fair value of the 
grant includes a discount for the Unite Group plc performance conditions based on the extent to which Unite was expected to meet the 
performance targets at the grant date. The Unite Group plc LTIPs for 2016 and 2017 are based on three performance conditions, being 
adjusted EPS, Total Accounting Return (“TAR”) and Relative TSR. The following table lists the estimated performance against those 
targets and notes on how these were estimated:

Adjusted EPS 

TAR 

Relative TSR 

  R Simpson 2016  R Simpson 2017 
   buyout expected   buyout expected 
vesting 

vesting 

62.5% 

58.8% 

Source

February 2019 Eikon  
earnings consensus

88.0% 

95.5% 

Published NAV and  

  February 2019 Eikon consensus

100.0% 

100% 

Return Index data from  
Thomson Reuters DataStream  
with growth measured  

to February 2019

Total expected vesting 

83.5% 

84.76% 

The fair value of the share awards granted under the Plan is charged to the statement of comprehensive income over the vesting period 
of the awards, provided that the service conditions attaching to the awards continue to be met. The cumulative charge to the statement 
of comprehensive income is recognised in the statement of financial position as a “share-based payment reserve”. For the year ending 
30 September 2019, the amount charged to the statement of comprehensive income and credited to share-based payment reserve was 
£2,227,000 (30 September 2018: £84,000).

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

32. Reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash flows from operating activities

Profit before tax 

Depreciation 

Amortisation of intangible assets  

(Profit)/loss on sale of plant and equipment 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

Profit on disposal of interest in joint ventures 

Share of profit in joint ventures 

(Increase)/decrease in inventory and work in progress 

Interest capitalised in development land, inventory and work in progress 

(Increase)/decrease in contract assets 

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables   

(Decrease)/increase in contract liabilities 

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 

Increase/(decrease) in provision for property lease commitment 

Increase in share-based payment reserve 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Major non‑cash transactions
There were no major non-cash transactions during the period.

33. Analysis of net cash/(debt)

30 September 2019 

Cash at bank and in hand 

Finance leases 

Bank loans 

Net cash 

30 September 2018 

Cash at bank and in hand 

Finance leases 

Bank loans 

Net cash 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

49,736 

54,342

835 

559 

(43) 

(428) 

695 

— 

(286) 

(1,948) 

216 

(16,820) 

4,682 

(9,150) 

(3,251) 

787 

2,227 

27,811 

725

559

(7)

(228)

925

(121)

(1,023)

(7,558)

322

—

9,442

—

9,155

(35)

84

66,582

At beginning 
of year 
£’000 

106,640 

(2,023) 

(24,459) 

80,158 

At beginning 
of year 
£’000 

65,325 

(2,890) 

(21,438) 

40,997 

Cash flow 
£’000 

9,012 

1,307 

(12,938) 

(2,619) 

Cash flow 
£’000 

41,315 

1,203 

(2,941) 

39,577 

 Non-cash 
movements 
£’000 

At end of year 
£’000

— 

(676) 

(16) 

(692) 

115,652

(1,392)

(37,413)

76,847

 Non-cash 
movements 
£’000 

At end of year 
£’000

— 

(336) 

(80) 

(416) 

106,640

(2,023)

(24,459)

80,158

Cash at bank and in hand as at 30 September 2019 includes £1,853,000 of cash deposited by the Group in an escrow account 
in connection with a development in progress, access to which is contingent upon the completion of certain development works 
(30 September 2018: £Nil). Non-cash movements relate to the acquisition of property, plant and equipment under finance leases 
and the amortisation of bank loan arrangement fees.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

113

34. Operating leases
Total commitments – Group as lessee

Non-cancellable operating lease rentals are payable as follows: 

Within one year 

Later than one year and less than five years 

After five years 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

11,302 

43,461 

159,372 

214,135 

14,818

42,707

168,022

225,547 

Commitments under operating leases include operating leases relating to student accommodation properties. The minimum and 
maximum rent increases applicable to the remaining terms of these leases and their termination dates are as follows:

Collegelands, Glasgow 

Europa, Liverpool 

Optima, Loughborough 

Glassyard Building, London 

Dunaskin Mill, Glasgow 

New Bridewell, Bristol 

Minimum rent 
increase 
% 

Maximum rent 
increase 
% 

2.0 

2.0 

2.0 

2.5 

1.5 

1.5 

5.0 

5.0 

5.0 

2.5 

5.0 

5.0 

Termination date

6 September 2026

18 March 2030

18 March 2030

10 September 2034

5 September 2051

12 March 2052

These properties were the subject of sale and operating leaseback, the judgements relating to which are described in note 4.

Total commitments – Group as lessor

Non-cancellable operating lease rentals are receivable as follows: 

Within one year 

Later than one year and less than five years 

After five years 

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£’000

14,846 

3,586 

917 

19,349 

14,229

6,599

1,053

21,881

The Group acts as lessor in respect of certain commercial property and for the student accommodation properties operated under the 
sale and leaseback arrangements detailed above. The prior year comparative figures in the above table have been restated to include 
rentals receivable from operational build to rent properties as at 30 September 2018.

35. Capital and other financial commitments
The Group had no material capital commitments at 30 September 2019 or 30 September 2018.

36. Contingent liabilities
The Group has contingent liabilities of £605,000 (2018: £2,729,000) in respect of performance bonds entered into with HCC International 
Insurance Company Plc, Euler Hermes Europe S.A. (N.V.), Aviva Insurance UK Limited and the Electrical Contractors’ Insurance 
Company Limited. 

Watkin Jones Group Limited, Watkin Jones Holdings Limited, Watkin Jones & Son Limited and certain subsidiaries thereof have given 
debentures containing fixed and floating charges and have entered into a corporate guarantee of the Group’s bank borrowings from 
HSBC Bank plc, which at the balance sheet date amounted to £32,135,000 (2018: £17,397,000).

No material liabilities are expected to arise as a result of the above arrangements.

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

37. Related party transactions
The Group processed payroll costs on behalf of Carlton (North Wales) Limited and its subsidiary companies of £199,000 (2018: £301,000). 
The amount owed to Carlton (North Wales) Limited and its subsidiary companies at the balance sheet date was £Nil (2018: £7,000).

The Group paid rent and service charges to Planehouse Limited and its subsidiary companies amounting to £316,000 (2018: £316,000) 
and processed payroll costs on behalf of the Company of £101,000 (2018: £80,000). The amount owed by Planehouse Limited and its 
subsidiary companies at the balance sheet date was £Nil (2018: £80,000 owed to Planehouse Limited). 

Mark Watkin Jones is a director of Carlton (North Wales) Limited, Planehouse Limited, Plas Y Coed Limited and Toplocation 4 Limited, all 
of which are controlled by family trusts (including The Glyn Watkin Jones 1999 Hybrid Trust) in which he has a potential beneficial interest.

The Group provided services to the Watkin Jones & Son Limited Directors’ Pension Scheme amounting to £36,000 (2018: £16,000).

As referred to in note 28, Watkin Jones & Son Limited invested £2,000,000 in units in the Curlew Student Trust (“CST”) and Fresh Property 
Group Ltd invested £500,000 by way of a carried interest investment in CST. During the year, the Group received a distribution against the 
carrying value of its investment in CST amounting to £209,000. The fair value of the units held in CST by Watkin Jones & Son Limited at 30 
September 2019 amounted to £718,000 (2018: £917,000) and the fair values of the carried interest investments in CST and CST2 held by 
Fresh Property Group Ltd amounted to £71,000 (2018: £83,000) and £350,000 (2018: £350,000) respectively. 

Under a joint venture agreement the Group was owed £716,000 at 30 September 2019 by Deiniol Developments Limited (2018: £714,000). 
The Group owns 50% of the share capital in Deiniol Developments Limited.

The Group has a 50% interest in Lacuna Belfast Limited. The Group received payments of £230,000 from Lacuna Belfast Limited during 
the year (2018: made payments of £246,000 to Lacuna Belfast Limited). At the balance sheet date, £199,000 was owed to Lacuna Belfast 
Limited (2018: £34,000).

The Group has a 50% interest in Lacuna Dublin Road Limited. During the year, the Group charged development fees to Lacuna Dublin 
Road Limited amounting to £Nil (2018: £100,000). The Group received payments of £180,000 from Lacuna Dublin Road Limited during the 
year (2018: £1,242,000) and made payments of £142,000 to Lacuna Dublin Road Limited. At the balance sheet date, £1,246,000 was owed 
to Lacuna Dublin Road Limited (2018: £1,208,000).

The Group has a 50% interest in Lacuna WJ Limited. During the year, the Group charged development fees to Lacuna WJ Limited 
amounting to £60,000 (2018: £777,000). The Group received payments of £280,000 from Lacuna WJ Limited during the year 
(2018: £1,887,000). At the balance sheet date, £1,915,000 (2018: £1,696,000) was owed to Lacuna WJ Limited.

The Group has a 50% interest in Lacuna Academy Street Limited. The Company has made payments during the year of £116,000 
(2018: £85,000) to assist with its development activities. At the balance sheet date, £868,000 (2018: £752,000) was owed by Lacuna 
Academy Street Limited.

All transactions with related parties have been carried out on an arm’s length basis.

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

115

COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
as at 30 September 2019

Fixed assets 

Investments 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves 

Share capital 

Share premium 

Share-based payment reserve 

Retained earnings 

Total equity 

30 September 
2019 
£’000 

30 September 
2018 
£’000

Notes 

41 

42 

43 

258,086 

255,859

(53,475) 

(53,475) 

204,611 

2,553 

84,612 

2,311 

115,135 

204,611 

(33,362)

(33,362)

222,497

2,553

84,612

84

135,248

222,497

The notes on pages 117 and 118 are an integral part of these Company financial statements.

No income statement has been presented as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit for the Company after 
taxation was £Nil. 

Approved by the Board of Directors on 13 January 2020 and signed on its behalf by:

Richard Simpson
Director

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the period ended 30 September 2019

At 1 October 2018 

Dividend paid 

Share-based payments 

Share 
capital 
£’000 

2,553 

— 

— 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

84,612 

— 

— 

Balance as at 30 September 2019 

2,553 

84,612 

At 1 October 2017 

Dividend paid 

Share-based payments 

Share 
capital 
£’000 

2,553 

— 

— 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

84,612 

— 

— 

Balance as at 30 September 2018 

2,553 

84,612 

Share-based 
payment 
reserve 
£’000 

84 

— 

2,227 

2,311 

Share-based 
payment 
reserve 
£’000 

— 

— 

84 

84 

Retained 
earnings 
£’000 

135,248 

(20,113) 

— 

Total 
£’000

222,497

(20,113)

2,227

115,135 

204,611

Retained 
earnings 
£’000 

152,784 

(17,536) 

— 

Total 
£’000

239,949

(17,536)

84

135,248 

222,497

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

117

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2019

38. Accounting policies 
General information
Watkin Jones plc (the “Company”) is a public limited company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006 
(registration number 9791105). The Company is domiciled in the United Kingdom and its registered address is 21-22 Llandygai Industrial 
Estate, Llandygai, Bangor, Gwynedd LL57 4YH.

Basis of preparation
No income statement has been presented as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit for the Company after 
taxation was £Nil.

No cash flow has been presented for the Company as it has no cash in its own right.

The statement of financial position has been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the EU.

Investment in subsidiaries
The Company’s investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Dividends
Revenue is recognised when the Company’s right to receive payment is established.

Share‑based payments 
The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain Executive Directors of the Company and to certain employees 
of its subsidiaries. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the grant date. The fair value is expensed 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the estimate of shares that will eventually vest. The cost of equity-setted 
share-based payments granted to employees of subsidiary companies is borne by the employing company, without recharge. The cost of 
equity-settled share-based payments granted to Executive Directors of the Company is recharged to its principal trading subsidiary as it 
receives the benefit of their services. In the Company’s financial statements, the Company’s investment in subsidiaries is increased by an 
amount equal to the charge for the period, with a corresponding increase to share-based payment reserve.

39. Employee costs
The only employees of Watkin Jones plc are the Executive and Non-Executive Directors. Details of the employee costs associated with 
the Directors are included in the Remuneration Committee report and summarised below. All employee costs incurred by the Company 
are recharged to Watkin Jones & Son Limited, the Company’s principal trading subsidiary.

Wages and salaries 

Employee incentive – long-term incentive plans 

Social security costs 

Pension costs 

2019 
£’000 

1,566 

2,083 

475 

82 

4,206 

2018 
£’000

1,283

20

172

58

1,533

The above amounts for the year ended 30 September 2019 include the exceptional costs of £2,576,000 in compensating Richard Simpson 
for the forfeiture of his incentive awards on leaving his former employer (note 8). These include an amount of £362,000 included in 
“Wages and salaries” in respect of his forfeit 2018 bonus and an amount of £1,902,000 included in “Employee incentive – long-term 
incentive plans” in respect of his forfeit 2015-2017 share awards. The employer’s national insurance charge on those amounts 
of £312,000 has been included in “Social security costs”.

40. Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year  

Interim dividend paid in June 2019 of 2.75 pence (June 2018: 2.47 pence) 

Final dividend paid in February 2019 of 5.13 pence (February 2018: 4.4 pence) 

2019 
£’000 

7,018 

13,095 

20,113 

2018 
£’000

6,304

11,232

17,536

The final dividend proposed for the year ended 30 September 2019 is 5.6 pence per ordinary share. This dividend was declared after 
30 September 2019 and as such the liability of £14,320,438 has not been recognised at that date. At 30 September 2019, the Company 
had distributable reserves available of £115,135,000 (30 September 2018: £135,248,000).

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
118 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

41. Investments in subsidiaries

Cost 

1 October 2018 

Capital contribution relating to share-based payments 

30 September 2019 

Subsidiary 
undertakings 
£’000

255,859

2,227

258,086

The Company owns 100% of the issued shares in Watkin Jones Group Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales (note 18). 
The principal activity of Watkin Jones Group Limited is that of property development.

42. Trade and other payables: current

Financial liabilities 

Group undertakings 

43. Allotted and issued share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid 

Ordinary shares of one pence each 

2019 
£’000 

2018 
£’000

53,475 

33,362

2019 
£’000 

2018 
£’000

2,553 

2,553

44. Share‑based payments
Details of share awards granted by the Company to Executive Directors and to employees of its subsidiaries, and that remain outstanding 
at the year end over the Company’s shares, are set out in note 31 to the Group financial statements. The Company did not recognise 
any expense related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions in the current or preceding year. The cost for the year ending 
30 September 2019 of the awards granted has been recharged to Watkin Jones & Son Limited.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019 

119

ADVISERS

Nominated adviser and broker
Peel Hunt LLP
Moor House 
120 London Wall 
London EC2Y 5ET

Joint broker
Jefferies Hoare Govett
Vintners Place 
68 Upper Thames Street 
London EC4V 3BJ

Auditor and reporting accountants
Ernst & Young LLP
2 St Peter’s Square 
Manchester M2 3EY

Solicitors to the Company
DLA Piper UK LLP
Victoria Square House 
Victoria Square 
Birmingham B2 4DL

Company registrars
Link Asset Services
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham BR3 4TU

Financial PR
Buchanan
107 Cheapside 
London EC2V 6DN

Company secretarial services
Prism Cosec
42-50 Hersham Road 
Walton-on-Thames  
Surrey KT12 1RZ 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Country of incorporation and 
main country of operation
Watkin Jones plc is incorporated in England and Wales. 

Securities not in public hands
As of 13 January 2020, the percentage of the Company’s 
issued share capital that is not in public hands is 22.6%.

The Company operates in the UK.

Number of securities in issue
As of 13 January 2020, the Company’s issued share capital 
consists of 255,722,099 ordinary shares with a nominal value 
of one pence each. The Company has no treasury shares.

Details of any restrictions on the transfer 
of securities
There are no restrictions on any of the Company’s  
AIM securities.

Details of other exchanges or trading platforms
The Company’s shares will only be traded on the London 
Stock Exchange’s AIM market at present.

Company registration
Registered office: 21-22 Llandygai Industrial Estate, Llandygai, 
Bangor, Gwynedd LL57 4YH. Registered in England and Wales 
(company number 9791105). 

Strategic reportGovernanceCompany informationFinancial statements 120 

Watkin Jones plc // Annual report and financial statements 2019

GLOSSARY

AFS 

AGM 

AIM 

CGU 

CST 

CST2 

available-for-sale

Annual General Meeting

Alternative Investment Market

cash-generating unit

Curlew Student Trust

Curlew Student Trust 2

EBITDA 

 earnings before income tax, depreciation 
and amortisation

EIR 

EPS 

EY 

effective interest rate

earnings per share

Ernst & Young LLP

Fresh or FPG  Fresh Property Group

FVOCI 

GDPR 

HMO 

IFRS 

IPO 

JV 

OCI 

fair value through other comprehensive income

General Data Protection Regulation

house of multiple occupation

International Financial Reporting Standards

initial public offering

joint venture 

other comprehensive income

PBSA 

purpose built student accommodation

RCF 

RNS 

TSR 

revolving credit facility

regulatory news service

total shareholder return

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The Company’s AGM will be held at 10.30am on 
Thursday 13 February 2020 at the offices of Buchanan, 
107 Cheapside, London EC2V 6DN.

Final dividend
The final dividend will be paid on 28 February 2020 to 
shareholders on the register at the close of business 
on 24 January 2020. The shares will go ex-dividend on 
23 January 2020. 

Printed on Splendorgel Extra White, an FSC® mixed sources paper 
manufactured using pulp from well managed forests at a mill accredited with 
EMAS and ISO 14001 environmental standards. Printed by CPI Colour, who 
are ISO 14001 certified, CarbonNeutral® and FSC® chain of custody certified. 
The inks used are vegetable oil based.

Designed by  

www.lyonsbennett.com

W

a

t

k

i

n

J

o

n

e

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

fi

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2

0

1

9

CREATING THE 
FUTURE OF  
LIVING

Watkin Jones plc
21-22 Llandygai Industrial Estate 
Llandygai 
Bangor 
Gwynedd LL57 4YH

+44 (0)1248 362 516 
info@watkinjones.com

www.watkinjonesplc.com

Watkin Jones Group

@Watkin_Jones

Watkin Jones Group

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

W
a
t
k
n
J
o
n
e
s
p
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

l

r
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
2
0
1
9